Home

Version 1.9

1. CP1H Y SYSMAC CP Series CP1H CPU Unit Operation Manual CP1L M CP1L L CP Series CP1L Operation Manual CP1H X CP1H XA CP1H Y CP1L M CP1L L SYSMAC CP Series CP1H CP1L CPU Unit Programming Manual P W474 W342 W452 W450 W462 W451 To learn details of the instruction language To learn about communi cations commands ad dressed to CS CJ CP series CPU Units and NSJ series Controllers To learn the basic specifi cations of the NSJ series NSJ Controllers including a basic outline settings installation and mainte nance To learn the basic specifi cations of the CP series CP1H CPU Units includ ing a basic outline set tings installation and maintenance To learn the basic specifi cations of the CP series CP1L CPU Units including a basic outline settings installation and mainte nance To learn about program ming CP series CP1H CP1L CPU Units Describes the details of the instruction language For programming use this together with the CS Series and CJ Series Operation Manuals CS Series W339 CJ Series W393 and Programming Manual W394 Describes the following information e C mode commands e FINS commands Note Refer to this manual when sendi
2. startup ated at startup Communications through a Maximum of OK OK 8 Network Levels Connecting Online to PLCs via NS series OK OK from lot OK OK from lot number 030201 number 030201 Setting First Slot Words OK for up to 64 OK forupto8 _ OK for up to 64 OK for up to 8 OK for up to 64 groups groups groups groups groups Automatic Transfers at Power ON with OK out a Parameter File Automatic Detection of I O Allocation OK OK OK ee for Automatic Transfer at Power Operation Start End Times jo _ _fox _ New applica MILH MILR MILC E nae instruc _DT lt sDT lt DT lt DT OK get gt DT gt DT BCMP2 DSW TKY HKY MTR OK 7SEG EXPLT EGATR OK ESATR ECHRD ECHWR Reading Writing CPU Bus Units with lIORD IOWR OK from lot OK from lot number 030201 number OK but only for OK but only for CPU Units with CPU Units with built in I O built in I O XX Functions Supported by Unit Version for CJ2 CPU Units CJU2H CPU6_ EIP CJ2H CPU6__ Functions Added for Unit Version 1 3 CX Programmer version 9 1 or higher is required to use functions added for unit version 1 3 CJ2H CPU6_ Unit version Unit version 1 3 ee Special instructions for CJ1W NC281 NC481 NC881 Posi Supported specific CPU Bus Units tion Control Units PCU HIGH SPEED POSITIONING NCDMV 218 CJ1W NC281 NC481 NC881 Posi Supported tion Control Units PCU POSITIONING T
3. Break Point Display OR OOOO OR WOOO a Executing Point L ls Display 590 D00000 CI ha ff LO 440700 TiM 0000 0020 ee FEE 15 Instruction Code ENDO Mnemonic Display 0 CORO ol ee h top Name Function Main Menu Select a menu Task Selection Select a task to display from the tasks registered in the program Display the program address in the task Instruction Code Display instruction codes and operands Mnemonic Display Break Point Display Display the break points set in the program Executing Point Dis Display the program address presently being exe play cuted Start Point display Specify the execution start point Contents of the Main Menu Display the File menu Display the Edit menu Display the Debug menu Display the Option menu Display the Help and About 84 Debug Console Window Section 3 9 Menu List of the Step Run Window Shortcut Function Close the Step Run window Copy the contents of the task being dis played to the clipboard ump to the specified program address ump to the top of the task a es GotoTop Goto End Jump to the bottom of the task Start a start poit Set the start point to the selected step Remove a start poit Reset the start point of the selected step Seta break point Set the break point to the selected step Clear a break point Reset the break point of the selected step Clear
4. EV1 H CS1D CPU CJ2H CPU6 H CS1D CPU EIP CJ2H CPU6 CJ2M CPU1 CJ2M CPU3L CJ1H CPU H R CJ1G CPU CJ1G H CPU NSJL NSJL CS1G H CPU CS1G H CPU H CJ1M CPU B G5D B M3D Programmable Controllers Instructions Reference Manual SYSMAC CS CJ CP NSJ Series EV1 H CS1D CPU CJ2H CPU6 H CS1D CPU EIP CJ2H CPU6 CJ2M CPU1 CJ2M CPU3LJ CJ1H CPU CJ1M CPU H R CJ1G CPU CJ1G CPU CJ1G H CPU CS1W SCU CS1W SCB CJ1W SCU CP1L M L CP1H X CP1H XA CP1H Y CP1E E CP1E N NSJL NSJL Communications Commands Refer ence Manual NSJ5 TQ NSJ5 SQ NSJ8 TV NSJ10 TV NS12 TS B G5D B M3D B G5D B G5D B G5D B G5D B G5D NSJ Series NSJ Controllers Operation Manual CP1H X CP1H XA
5. Ja ide to Connect Press the Connect button and Gx SimuNetor will be able to work with other applications Stopped Wirtual Communications Unit 5 Set the FINS address displayed in the Guide to Connect to the target FINS address of the application program e If the node address set by the application program can not be changed change the node address of the network communications unit in the System Status Settings Network Communications Settings window 6 Start the CX Programmer on the computer where the CX Simulator was started to select CX Integrator network settings in the Tool menu dis playing CX Net Untitled C NET PLC Network Configuration Tool Project PLE Aoutng Table DataLink Help aA Bae ems 2S Miele 2 Project Devices Press Fi for Help Status OFF Line Mode Unknown 144 Connection with Application Programs Section 7 2 Note For instructions on setting the routing tables including the relay network table refer to Section 3 of the CX ntegrator Operation Manual W464 7 Set the relay network table for the Ladder Engine 8 Set the Run mode of the Ladder Engine to Continuous Run in the Debug Console window 9 Execute the application program to check its operation Note The relay network table will be deleted when Disconnect Set the relay net work table using the CX Integrator again after Connect when needed 145 Connection with Applicat
6. Not used Same as CS CJ series PLC See Func tion col umn I O Memory Allocation Section 9 3 Address Name CS CJ series PLC CX Simulator Words Bits Function Settings Function Settings A512 to Power In _ These words contain the time at See Func Sameas A513 terruption which the power was interrupted tion col CS CJ series A514 Flag A39511 goes ON Time The contents are updated every umn PLC time that the power is interrupted A523 Total Power Contains the total time that the 0000 to Not used ON Time PLC has been on in 10 hour FFFF units The data is stored in binary hexadeci and it is updated every 10 hours mal To reset this value overwrite the current value with OOOO A526 AS52600 RS 232C Turn this bit ON to restart the Oto 1 Re Not used Port Restart RS 232C port Do not use this bit start when the port is operating in peripheral bus mode This bit is turned OFF automati cally when the restart processing is completed AS51208 to AS51215 Minute 00 to 59 A51300 to A51307 Hour 00 to 23 A51308 to A51315 Day of month 01 to 31 These words are not cleared at start up Number of Contains the number of times that 0000 to Same as Power In power has been interrupted since FFFF CS CJ series terruptions the power was first turned ON hexadeci PLC The data is stored in binary TO mal reset this value overwrite the current value with 0000 This word is not cleared
7. Not used Same as CS CJ series PLC 199 I O Memory Allocation Section 9 3 Address Name CS CJ series PLC CX Simulator Words Bits Function Settings Function Settings A295 A29508 Instruction This flag and the Error Flag ER Processing will be turned ON when an in CS CJ series Error Flag struction processing error has PLC occurred and the PLC Setup has been set to stop operation for an 0 Error instruction error CPU Unit op eration will stop and the ERR ALM indicator will light when this flag goes ON The task number where the error occurred will be stored in A294 and the program address will be stored in A298 and A299 Indirect This flag and the Access Error 1 Not BCD Same as DM EM Flag AER will be turned ON CS CJ series BCD Error when an indirect DM EM BCD 0 Normal PLC Flag error has occurred and the PLC Setup has been set to stop op eration an indirect DM EM BCD error This error occurs when the content of an indirectly addressed DM or EM word is not BCD al though BCD mode has been selected CPU Unit operation will stop and the ERR ALM indicator will light when this flag goes ON The task number where the error occurred will be stored in A294 and the program address will be stored in A298 and A299 200 VO Memory Allocation Address Name Words Bits A295 A29510 Illegal Ac cess Error Flag CS CJ series PLC Function This flag and the Access Error Flag AER will be turned ON
8. dress is also possible e Machine address Start the FinsGateway Communications Unit to connect the Ladder Engine to the CX Programmer Connecting to the CX Simulator will bring the CX Simulator to the following e The FinsGateway Communications Unit is started e The routing tables for FinsGateway and the Ladder Engine are overwritten The Serial Communications Server is started following the Serial comm Settings in the Serial Communications Settings window Connecting to the CX Programmer Version 2 1 or Lower Section 3 8 Exit the FinsGateway Communications Unit started when connecting to the CX Simulator and return to the status before the startup Disconnecting the CX Simulator will bring the CX Simulator to the following e The FinsGateway Communications Unit stops e Restore the routing table of FinsGateway to the original status e The Serial Communications Server stops e The mode will be in PROGRAM if the Ladder Engine is running e Disconnect Display the settings for connecting with the e Guide to Connect CX Simulator e Close Exit the window with the present settings Note Correct the Node address of FinsGateway Communications Unit only if it overlaps with the node address of the Network Communications Unit when connecting to the CX Simulator 3 8 2 How to Connect with CX Programmer P7 Ak This section explains how to connect the CX Simulator with the CX Programmer 1 Start the C
9. lt gt shows a proper folder name Command log file flg Data trace data file cdt Data replay file csv 46 Creating a New PLC Section 3 5 PLC data folder Contain data files peculiar to each PLC used by the CX Simulator The fol lowing files are contained as data files PLC Model Setting File Jini PLC model and registered unit setting file Automatic Setting File File created when exiting the system Debugger Setting File a AUTOEXEC DBG I O Memory File dat Automatic setting file for I O memory con sisting of multiple files Memoryn dat the underlined part is a serial number File created on the Save all of the File menu in the Debug Console window Bebuager Seting Fie dbg Debugger setting ie Note A total size of the I O Memory Files is about 10 MB Save all File The folder for the file memo The folder for the file memory corresponds to CS CJ CP series CPU Unit file memory function which is fixedly allocated for each file system Root Folder Name PLC file memory CARD No limited capacity following the capacity Memory card of the computer hard disk EM file memory Capacity limit following the PLC Setting The file created as the file memory is compatible with the one for CS CJ CP series CPU Unit The operation to the folder for the file memory can be performed in the same way as the file memory for CS CJ CP series CPU Unit Note 1 If the hard disk capa
10. sample3 csv for sam ple 10 The registered address can be saved by File Save Address List to be reused after the Multipoint Data Collection Tool is started next time Note In order to keep time accuracy to some extent in replaying with the Data Replay Tool follow the next steps Step 1 Check Acquire data as every cycle data to sample at the sampling intervals of N ms Step 2 When replaying the data set the above sampling interval of N ms to Minimum Cycle Time and then run the CX Simulator with the mini mum cycle time Note Be sure to set a sampling interval greater than the PLC s cycle time In addi tion when setting a sampling interval shorter than 200 ms or registering addresses of more than 100 words be sure to connect with the Peripheral bus and to set a fastest possible baud rate Further exit all other applications Otherwise data may not be acquired normally In this case the Multipoint Data Collection Tool displays an error message to stop sampling 8 3 5 Messages Displayed in the Error history Message display Received an error response An error occurred in the received data Non existent EM bank may have been tried to read or communica tions condition may be unstable Timing Error Check the log Data can not be acquired at the specified sampling file Errorlog txt after exiting intervals To avoid this situation either extend the sampling interval or reduce the sampling
11. 26 SECTION 3 Basic Operation 3 1 Starting Methods for the CX Simulator cccccecesessssssssseessessesesseeseseeeseseeseseeeseeeeeseeeesseaas 28 3 2 Starting and Going Online from the CX Programmett cccccccceceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 29 922 LD ASIC WINGO vette airicesncnsrcaveetbswess eke E A A T 30 5 2 2 POPUP VICI na E A 30 3 2 3 Disconnecting the CX Simulator from the CX Programmer cccccccceceeeeeeeeeeseess 31 3 2 4 Exiting the CX Simulator from the CX Programmer cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 31 3 2 5 Going Online with the CX Simulator Already Started from CX Simulator Menus 31 3 3 Starting and Exiting from CX Simulator Menus cccc0cceeeseeesssssesesssseeseseseseeeeeseseeeeeeeeseags 32 3 3 1 Starine C X Simulato essen tdiat echt ate eta ccna atari E E R 32 JAEn GX SAL OR ite A Geant cae ca Dasa aed cae eas ed ee 33 3 4 Outline of Operation Procedure sciccsavesthseiarseveseveseavesseielereve tetas daviencrevis tive heseeeeeeteuieewieh ane 34 3 4 1 Method 1 Starting and Going Online from the CX Programmer CX Programmer Version 3 0 or Higher ccccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeseeeseeess 34 3 4 2 Method 2 Starting from the CX Simulator Menus cccccccecceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 35 OS ie ATI Orch NEWP GOC cats ct tes act eat ss atu ma de gaat eet sha tases toads Saas Saetads skhen a se 38 BF ro od I
12. 51 H P UET7 RUM O O ERR ARM O O C hal fy NETWORK w Select PL d Register PLO Unit Alarms Display E eo Ume eee UM Settings OO Dei PLO Clock Settings PLO Opetation Settings Initrealree Pii Select PLC Create a new PLC the PLC Setting wizard and select an existing PLC PLC Operation Settings Set WDT disable DIP switches and others Initialize PLC Initialize the I O memory of PLC System Status Setting Window Section 3 7 Outline Detail Status Display Change Pressing the Outline Detail Status Display button switches the System Status Setting window display between Outline and Detail iij System Status Settings lec ES Setting information Po Time info CST H CPUB Current PL Time oco5 iii Cycle time counter 0 C ERR ARM CJ ERR ARM Cycle time info Est Current ms 0 0000 comm C comm Est Minimum ms 0 0000 Est Maximum ms 0 0000 E NETWORK E NETWoRK Est Mean ms o 0000 EST 0 0000 ms Sim Current ms 0 0000 Sim Minimum mes 0 0000 Sim Maximum ms 0 0000 Uhi Sim Mean me 0 0000 Command Log Settings Disable Settings IO Break Condition Settings Disable Messages Display Alarms Display li Est Execution ms 0 0000 EST 0 0000 ms Est Servicing ms 0 0000 Program mode Program mode Uh Settings Messages Display Alarms Display i Outline display mode Detail display mode Displ
13. e Output Data Display the output file set in the Data Replay Settings window e Template Display the output template file set in the Data Replay Settings window e Pause Pause the data replay The button works as Resume during pausing e Exit Exit the Data Replay Tool forcibly Status Bar e Type Display the type of the input data e Operation Status Display the operation status of the Data Replay Tool e Destination FINS Display the destination FINS address for connection address for where the data is replayed Connection e Synchronous Display Synchronous while the synchronous replay Asynchronous is performed Display Note Refer to 8 4 Running by Virtual External Inputs for Data Replay Tool Command log Display the sub menu of the Command Log Command log Start Start the Command Log with the contents of the Command Log Settings Can not be selected when the Command Log has been started or Command Log Settings are not set 80 Debug Console Window Section 3 9 Command lo Sto Exit the Command Log Can not be selected if the Command Log has not been started Command lo Configuration Set the Command log The Command log saves the CX Programmer com mands with FINS commands FINS Address Filter Registration List g Log file name C Program Files 0 mron F INS LOG LOGO81S FLG Browse Read FINS Address Filters FINS Command Filters Sate FINS Address Filter Y a Fon ON aan _ Ti E
14. 5 Select Save all in the CX Simulator Debug Console File menu to save the status before starting virtual external inputs 6 Clicking the Continuous Run button from CX Simulator Debug Console or turning the mode of the Ladder Engine to Monitor from the CX Programmer will start running using virtual external inputs Note The CX Simulator can not debug a ladder program in the program area for debugging Before downloading the ladder program to the program area for debugging check it in the area for applications in advance 173 Checking the Result Section 8 5 8 5 Checking the Result 8 5 1 Checking by Time Chart Monitor of the CX Programmer The results from virtual external inputs can be checked by the time chart monitor or the data trace of the CX Programmer Displaying the data of virtual external inputs and its results simultaneously allows to confirm the operation results and timing of the ladder program A Sample2 edt Time Chat Monitor it Date Trace C1O00161 1 COO 10010 Note Refer to the Data Trace Time Chart Monitoring of CHAPTER 4 Reference of PART 1 CX Programmer in the CX Programmer Operation Manual W446 for how to operate the data trace and time chart monitoring 174 Checking the Result Section 8 5 8 5 2 Checking with Graphing by Excel Using the Data Replay File Using the output file of the Data Replay Tool allows checking the data The Data Replay File output by the Data Replay
15. 5 3 2 Access to External Device Using Serial Communications Slave initiation via Host Link FINS communications When performing FINS communications via Host Link by a ladder program external communications from a computer are not restricted which is different from the case of FINS communications for a network communications via a Network Communications Unit Network communications are restricted within the local computer Refer to 6 7 Outline of Network Communications for details Thus the slave initiation function can be checked by connecting the COM port on the computer to another computer Access via No protocol No protocol communications are available for connecting a barcode reader etc allowing to process data read from a barcode reader in more practical way 5 3 3 Precautions in Using Serial Communications Using Programmable Terminal via NT Link Even when connecting a PT via NT Link the Programming Console function and Device Monitoring function are not available In addition use a PT witha version of NT31 631 V2 or higher When connecting a PT with the previous version select Host Link as the communications protocol FINS Command addressed to Serial Port In the CX Simulator s FINS communications only a command addressed to the CPU Unit is accepted FINS communications addressed to the serial port of individual Ladder Engines are not available Changing Communications Protocol during Work CX Simulator
16. When the communications protocol has been changed by the CX Programmer s PLC Setup settings etc be sure to once Disconnect and then Connect again The newly set protocol becomes effective after the Connect 118 Serial Communications Connection Section 5 3 When Serial Communications on the CX Simulator Become Disabled When Serial Communications on the CX Simulator become disabled for example when the RS 232C Port Error Flag A39204 in the Auxiliary area turns ON while executing serial communications on the CX Simulator either press Reset button in the Debug Console or once Disconnect and then Connect again 119 Connecting PT via NT Link Section 5 4 5 4 Connecting PT via NT Link The diagram below illustrates how to connect OMRON s Programmable Ter minal PT via NT Link 1 2 3 1 Setto NT Link 1 N the communications protocol setting for the Ladder Engine s port used by the CX Programmer Note Only the RS 232C port of the CPU Unit Unit No OOH can be changed using the CX Programmer s PLC Setup setting Otherwise directly change the corresponding DM values from the PLC memory window etc 2 Once Disconnect 3 Select Status Settings Serial communications settings to display Serial communications settings window 4 Select the Serial port of the Serial Communications Unit to be used fol lowed by pressing the Edit button to display Serial communications reg istrat
17. the computer cycle time 1 2 4 S 4 II O refresh Perform I O refresh for Basic I O Unit The I O refresh time for each Unit Inner Board Special I O Unit CPU Bus multiplied by The number of Units Unit SYSMAC BUS Remote I O System used and DeviceNet 5 Peripheral servicing Event service with Special I O Unit O ms For each event service when no Unit is mounted If the Fixed Peripheral Servicing Event service with the CPU Bus Unit 0 ms time of the PLC Setup is Dis abled the servicing time will be 4 of the cycle time just before s when no Unit is connected to the port calculated in 3 If Enabled it will be the specified time In each case when no Unit is connected to the port the minimum servicing time is 0 1 Event service with the Inner Board 0 ms MS when no Unit is mounted File access service 0 ms when no files are accessed 182 Cycle Time and Time Section 9 2 Virtual Cycle Time The cycle time of the CX Simulator is set as virtual cycle time in default The virtual cycle time is given by converting the time required for the Ladder Engine to operate one cycle to the actual PLC cycle time Calculating Virtual Cycle In calculating the virtual cycle time the followings are different from that of the Time CS CJ CP series PLC Process name Process Contents Processing time and Fluctuation pm ing Computing Process Process instruction execution nei the user The sum ic the execution time
18. tings to display the Network Communications Settings window e Set the Communications settings as Messages for the communica tions unit to be debugged 3 Set the Communications settings as Local followed by issuing SEND RECV instructions to the CPU Unit of FinsGateway to check the FINS communications only for DM and CIO e Select System status Settings Network Communications Set tings to display the Network Communications Settings window e Set the Communications settings as Local for the communications unit to be debugged e Change the FINS address for the control data of SEND RECV in struction to the one for the CPU Unit of FinsGateway Note Confirm that the target area is not used by other application programs when using a SEND instruction to the CPU Unit of FinsGateway 133 Example of Debugging Network Communications Section 6 4 6 4 2 Debugging with Display Messages Debugging with Display Messages allows to confirm the send data format of the SEND RECV CMND instruction and the ports to be used The samples of Display Messages when debugging network communications are shown below 2005 1031 13 25 37 46527 0 10 0 RE CY S 0101 8207 2CO00004 20031031 13 23 37 46521 0 10 0 SEND 25 01 025 2000S 000004807 01 0202030304040505 2003710731 13 23 37 46521 TXD 50 abedefahikimnopqwwxyel 2545679901 234567990 lt 2003 10 91 13 23 37465201 0 10 0 REC 80101 8201 20M0 FINS Command to be se
19. CX Programmer on the same computer Calculate the virtual cycle time The CX Simulator simulates operation of the SYSMAC CS CJ CP series CPU Unit The operation of programs can be easily checked without an actual PLC being connected Using the CX Simulator combined with the CX Programmer allows to develop debug programs on a single computer Programs for the Virtual CPU Unit on the CX Simulator can be seamlessly debugged with the CX Programmer that has been used The powerful monitoring functions including those for a ladder diagram window and pre sent values can be used as they used to be Furthermore when CX Programmer version 3 0 or higher is used with CX Simulator version 1 3 the CX Simulator can be started and placed online from the CX Programmer An estimated cycle time for operation on the actual PLC can be obtained as a virtual cycle time which is different from an elapsed time on the computer Use it as a tentative time for operation on the actual PLC Dedicated debugging function Step Run Start point break point and I O break conditions Scan Replay Check the number and the time of executions of each task Simulated startup of inter rupt tasks Serial communications Adding dedicated debugging functions to the CX Simulator enables more detailed debugging than that of CX Programmer actual CS CJ CP series PLC A program can be executed in the unit of instruction Peripheral servicing during a stoppage
20. Change the execution mode after Connect 93 Debugging Operation 4 2 2 Scan Run 4 2 3 Step Run 94 Note Section 4 2 The Scan Run executes the program from overseeing processing to peripheral servicing in a single scan cycle There are three types of Scan Run Scan Run Continuous Scan Run and Continuous Run Overseeing processing Computing processing I O refresh Peripheral servicing Scan Run gt l Scan Run executes a program from the present executing point by a single scan The mode turns to Pause when completed Continuous Scan Run Continuous Scan Run repeats Scan Run at a fixed interval The minimum cycle time function of PLC fixes the time from the cycle start time to the next start time In Continuous Scan Run on the other hand fixes the time from the cycle end time to the next start time Continuous Run Continuous Run repeats a single scan cycle from overseeing processing to peripheral servicing Changing the mode of the Ladder Engine to Monitor mode from the CX Programmer will automatically turn to Continuous Run mode Refer to 9 7 CPU Unit Operation for the details of the CPU Unit operation The Step Run executes a program by instruction step While executing the mnemonic list is displayed in the Step Run window to monitor the line step currently being executed Debugging Operation Section 4 2 Overseeing processing Computing processing Si
21. Claims Any claim by Buyer against Omron for shortage or damage to the Products occurring before delivery to the carrier must be presented in writing to Omron within 30 days of receipt of shipment and include the original trans portation bill signed by the carrier noting that the carrier received the Products from Omron in the condition claimed Warranties a Exclusive Warranty Omron s exclusive warranty is that the Products will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of twelve months from the date of sale by Omron or such other period expressed in writing by Omron Omron disclaims all other warranties express or implied b Limitations OMRON MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION EXPRESS OR IMPLIED ABOUT NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABIL 14 ITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE PRODUCTS BUYER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT ALONE HAS DETERMINED THAT THE PRODUCTS WILL SUITABLY MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR INTENDED USE Omron further disclaims all warranties and responsibility of any type for claims or expenses based on infringement by the Products or oth erwise of any intellectual property right c Buyer Remedy Omron s sole obli gation hereunder shall be at Omron s election to i replace in the form originally shipped with Buyer responsible for labor charges for removal or replacement thereof the non complying Product ii repair the non complying Product or iii repay
22. Debug Console and System Status Setting is displayed First select a communications path unit in the Connect to CX Simulator window Second press the Con nect button to check the FINS destination address of the Ladder Engine displayed in the Connection Guidance Refer to 3 8 Connecting to the CX Programmer Version 2 1 or Lower 6 CX Programmer Communications Setting Set the communications setting for the PLC simulated by the CX Programmer according to the communications unit and the FINS address checked in the Connect to CX Simulator window Refer to 3 8 Connecting to the CX Programmer Version 2 1 or Lower 7 PLC Online Connection Select Work Online by the CX Programmer When completing online connection turn the mode of the Ladder Engine to PROGRAM 8 Program Download Download the program from the CX Programmer to the CPU Unit of the Ladder Engine in the PROGRAM mode remain unchanged Refer to the CX Programmer Operation Manual 9 Trial Run Either turning the mode of the Ladder Engine to MONITOR by the CX Programmer or pressing the Continuous Run button of the Debug Console leads to a trial run Refer to the CX Programmer Operation Manual 36 Outline of Operation Procedure Section 3 4 10 Monitor Debug 10 1 Monitor Monitor I O bit status and PV Execute force set reset trace online edit and others 10 2 Program Check by Break Set break points and I O break conditions in the ladder diagram
23. Input format Area string Area symbol Word range Bit range e Area symbol Area symbols in the above table Uppercase charac ters e Word range Specify word Decimal Specify for the number in the table Example 000016 for address 16 and number of digit 6 e Bit range Specify bit Decimal Specify for the number in the table Example 08 for address 8 and number of digit 2 Input example CIO000101 CIO 1word 1 bit Note How to specify for an EM bank Specify with hyphen x Number of banks Decimal after the EM address Example E32767 12 for address 32767 and bank 12 Operation of Data Trace Recording Tool Note Before using the Data Trace Recording Tool make sure that the FinsGateway Service Manager is started and the communications unit of the network where CPU_UNIT and the target PLC are connected is servicing Staring Procedure 1 2 3 1 Select the Data Trace Recording Tool from Start Program Omron CX Simulator to display the execution window of the Data Trace Re cording Tool O finished Data Trace Recording Tool Target PLO to Trace sampling Area Bit address Word address 1000000 10000100 1000101 WOOO g Metwork address Mode address Unit address sampling Interval Abort value ff nterval ms 10 Per cycle C Samples i Trace elapsed Trace Data Record File Dstacdt Browse Trace Status Elapsed O sec Samples 0 samples Saving
24. See note Controls the Ladder Engine and executes various CX Simulator s own debugging functions For virtual external Debugging program UM2 Possible to simulate I O operation with a program in the I O functions program area for debugging other than the area for ap plications UM1 Command log The log for CX Programmer s operations e g I O mem ory change Force set reset is saved in a file Command log file Possible to replay operation for the Ladder Engine using the Data Replay Tool Note The FinsGateway Virtual Communications Unit is different from the FinsGateway itself CX Simulator does not include the FinsGateway itself What Is the CX Simulator Section 1 1 Contents For virtual external Virtual Ex Data Replay Read data in sequence from Command log file Data I O functions ternal Input Tool Trace file and Data Replay file and issue FINS com Tool mands to the Ladder Engine to regenerate input data tions Tool the contents satisfy certain conditions Data Trace Possible to input trace data Data trace file actually obtained from PLC to the Ladder Engine using the Data Replay Tool Possible to generate long term data Multipoint Possible to acquire trace data of more than 50 words from Data Collec an actual PLC and to input to the Ladder Engine using the tion Tool Data Replay Tool For network com FinsGate FINS commands send receive to from application programs on the munications way Virtual Co
25. Serial Communications Unit or Serial Communications Board and then press the lt lt key to register to the Registered PLC Unit List Note Adding Units is not required when using the RS 232C port of the CPU Unit It is required only if using Serial Communications Board Unit 4 Input Unit Number Input the Unit number if the Serial Communications Unit is added Enter Unit Mo Controller Link Unit CS1 CL E4 Unit No Cancel Note Set the Unit number so as not to overlap with that of another CPU Bus Unit 113 Serial Communications Settings Section 5 2 5 Press the OK button to return to the Register PLC Unit and to register the Unit to the Registered PLC Unit List 6 Press the OK button to register the Serial Communications Unit 7 Serial Communications Settings Selecting Status Settings Serial comms settings will display Serial Communications Settings The displayed Unit address OOH shows the RS 232C port of the CPU Unit 10H to 1FH Serial Communications Unit No 0 to 15 and E1H Serial Communications Board respectively 8 Serial Port Setting Serial Communications Settings Change the serial communications settings Machine address Comms Settings E1H 02 EE cit a __coroal_ Double click the port number of the Serial Communications Unit to be set to display the Serial Port Settings window 114 Serial Communications Settings Section 5 2 9 Communications Se
26. Set as Memory 4 Flash Card is always ROM installed Settings Same as CS CJ series PLC 1 Format error 0 No for mat error 1 Format error Same as CS CJ series PLC 0 No for mat error 1 Error Same as CS CJ series 0 No error PLC 1 Write not possible Not used 0 Normal condition Same as CS CJ series PLC 1 Read not possible 0 Normal condition 1 Specified file missing 0 Normal condition 1 Instruc tion being executed 0 Instruc 0 File not being ac cessed 205 VO Memory Allocation Address Words A351 to A354 Bits All A A35100 to A35107 A35108 to A35115 A35200 A35208 to A35215 A35300 to A35307 A35308 to Name Number of Remaining Words to Transfer Calen dar Clock Area Section 9 3 CS CJ series PLC CX Simulator Function Settings Function Settings Contains the starting bank num 0000 to Same as ber of EM file memory bank 000C Hex CS CJ series number of the first formatted PLC bank All EM banks from this Bank 0 to C starting bank to the last bank in EM are formatted for use as file memory These words contain the 8 digit Data re Not used hexadecimal number of words maining in remaining to be transferred by transfer FREAD 700 or FWRIT 701 1 024 When one of these instructions is word or executed the number of words to 1 KW units be transferred is written to A346 and A347 While the dat
27. The Ladder En gine is started with the contents set before and each window for Work CX Simulator CX Simulator Debug Console and Status is displayed 4 Clicking the Connect button in the Work CX Simulator window will dis play the network and its FINS address set to the CX Programmer in the Guide to Connect Set to the CX Programmer guided by the display Note The details of Work CX Simulator setting will be explained in 3 8 Connecting to the CX Programmer 45 Creating a New PLC Section 3 5 Note When creating a new PLC or opening an existing PLC the settings so far will be discarded Save the data before these operations if the settings so far or the program downloaded to the Ladder Engine are needed 3 5 3 Folder Used in CX Simulator The CX Simulator creates folders for data used by each PLC created PLC data folder The PLC data folders contain setting information peculiar to the created PLC and file memories able to be accessed by the PLC Contents of the PLC data folder are as follows PLC Data folder PLC model setting file PLC ini Break condition setting file bsf Command log setting file csf Automatic setting file Autoexec dbg Save all file PLC file memory lt CARD gt AUTOEXEC file User specified file User specified folder User specified file EM file memory lt EM gt User specified file User specified folder User specified file Log folder lt LOG gt __ shows a folder
28. The functionality added for CS CJ series CPU Unit unit version 4 0 is not supported 2 There is no need to upgrade to CX Programmer as long as the upgraded functionality is not used Device Type Setting The unit version does not affect the setting made for the device type on the CX Programmer Select the device type as shown in the following table re gardless of the unit version of the CPU Unit CPU Unit group CPU Unit model Device type setting on CX CS Series CS1 H CPU Units SIGH H CSIH H Te amen CJ2M CPU Units CJ1 H CPU Units CJ1G ere CJ1G H CJ1G CPUL CJ1H CPULILIH R CJ1H H CJ1H CPULILIH CJ1M CPU Units CJ1M CPULILI CJ1M CP Series CP1H CPU Units CP1H X CPIH na ee CP1H Y et L CPU Units CP1L M CP1L ee Note Device types not supported by the CX Programmer version that is being used will not be displayed on the pull down list of the Device type Field XXV Troubleshooting Problems with Unit Versions on the CX Programmer __fretlen___ _tyyve__sottion___ An attempt was made to Check the program or change A Unable to download program s download a program containing toa CPU Unit with a later unit Eat founa duning earns instructions supported only by version later unit versions or a CPU Unit to a previous unit version After the above message is displayed a compiling error will be displayed on the
29. Unit version ming Device 1 2 or later Downloading and Uploading Individual Tasks a So n o Improved Read Protection Using Passwords E ee Write Protection from FINS Commands Sent to ae Units via Networks Online Network Connections without O Tables Network Connections without I O Tables pe fe Communications through a Maximum of 8 Net work Levels Connecting Online to PLCs via NS series PTs Setting First Slot Words OK for up to 64 groups Automatic Transfers at Power ON without a Pa rameter File Automatic Detection of I O Allocation Method for Automatic Transfer at Power ON Operation Start End Times ox Kf New applica MILH MILR MILC jefe fee tion instruc DT lt sDT lt DT lt DT gt DT gt iIi DSW TKY HKY MTR 7SEG ae EXPLT EGATR ESATR ECHRD ECHWR Reading Writing CPU Bus Units OK with IORD IOWR PRV2 C a X X CJ1 H CJ1M CPU Units CJ1 H CPU Units CJ1M CPU Units CJ10 CPUOOH CJ1M CPU12 13 22 23 CJ1M CPU11 21 CJ1G CPUCOP Unit version Other unit ver Unit version Other unit Unit version 2 0 2 0 or later sions 2 0 or later versions or later Downloading and Uploading Individual OK OK OK Tasks Improved Read Protection Using Pass words Write Protection from FINS Commands OK Sent to CPU Units via Networks Online Network Connections without I O OK Supported if OK Supported OK I O tables are if I O tables automatically are automati generated at cally gener
30. When completing inputting parameters the Ladder Engine will be started up and each window for the Debugger s connection to the CX Simulator the Debug Console and the System Status Setting will be displayed 3 3 2 Exiting CX Simulator The following shows how to exit the CX Simulator Select Exit system from File of the Debug Console to exit the CX Simulator w Cx Simulatar Debug Console Help Wore Ge Som ator Console Display Setting Note Refer to Exit system of 3 9 Debug Console Window for the details of the operation when Exit system 33 Outline of Operation Procedure Section 3 4 3 4 Outline of Operation Procedure When using with the CX Programmer use the CX Simulator in the following procedure 3 4 1 Method 1 Starting and Going Online from the CX Programmer CX Programmer Version 3 0 or Higher 1 2 3 1 CX Programmer Start Start the CX Programmer 2 Programming Create a program for debugging by Create or by reading an existing project 3 PLC Online Connection and Program Transfer a Select Automatically Transfer Program to Simulator on the PLCs tab under Tools Options b Select Simulator Online Connection from the Simulation menu c Click the OK button on the dialog box for the program transfer option Refer to 3 2 Starting and Going Online from the CX Programmer 4 Trial Run Either turning the mode of the Ladder Engine to MONITOR by the CX Programmer or pre
31. based on the selected units In the CX Simulator the process is completed within one cycle There is no limit for the maximum extension time per one cycle When in Continuous Run the periph eral servicing performs the process When the ladder program is in pausing the peripheral servicing is always working enabling online editing However if online editing is performed during the program execution The setting of System Status Setting Settings PLC Operation Setting Run the program from the top when online editing during Step Run will cause the following operation Not checked Enter the Program mode Checked Scan Replay Comparison of the CX Simulator and SYSMAC CS CJ series PLCs Section 1 6 ee CS CJ series PLC CX Simulator Data I O Area CIO 0000 to CIO 0319 Not allocated actually even if the Areas yea unit is set CIO 2000 to CIO 2959 Only Serial Communications Units and Network Communications Units are allocated DeviceNet DeviceNet Area Not allocated actually even if the CIO 0050 to CIO 0099 unit is set SYSMAC CIO 0350 to CIO 0399 BUS Area SYSMAC BUS Area CIO 3000 to CIO 3049 PLC Link CIO 0247 to CIO 0250 and A442 Words Optical I O I O Terminal Area Unit and CIO 3100 to CIO 3131 I O Ter minal Area Link Relay Link Area CIO 1000 to CIO 1199 Not used Area LR Work Internal I O Area Same as shown at left Internal CIO 1200 to CIO 1499 I O area CIO 3800 to CIO 6143
32. e The Status window Display the status of the Ladder En gine and set for the Ladder Engine Refer to the following items for the contents of each window e Work CX Simulator window 3 8 Connecting to the CxX Programmer Version 2 1 or Lower e The CX Simulator Debug Console 3 6 Each Part of the Windows window e The Status window 3 6 Each Part of the Windows 44 Creating a New PLC Section 3 5 15 Clicking the Connect button in the Work CX Simulator window will dis play the network set to CX Programmer and its FINS address in the Guide to Connect Set for the CX programmer as guided Note The details of Work CX Simulator setting will be explained in 3 8 Connecting to the CX Programmer 3 5 2 Open Existing PLC The Setting information of PLC previously created is saved in the PLC data folder Opening the existing PLC enables to use the same setting any times 1 2 3 1 Selecting Select PLC in the PLC Setup wizard or in the Settings of Sys tem Status Setting when starting the CX Simulator will display the Select PLC dialog box Select PLC Select PLO Setting f Create a new PLC PLE Setup Wizard Open an existing PLC Browse PLO data talders Cancel 2 Select Open an existing PLC and specify the folder eRecently used PLC data folders are selected from the list eAlso possible to set by browsing folders with Browse button 3 Click the OK button to exit the Select PLC dialog box
33. e Using the Unit Manufacturing Information This method can be used for Special I O Units and CPU Bus Units as well Note CX Programmer version 3 3 or lower cannot be used to confirm unit ver sions PLC Information e If you know the device type and CPU type select them in the Change PLC Dialog Box go online and select PLC Edit Information from the menus e If you don t know the device type and CPU type but are connected directly to the CPU Unit on a serial line select PLC Auto Online to go online and then select PLC Edit Information from the menus In either case the following PLC Information Dialog Box will be displayed X PLC Information NewPLC1 E x Project PLC type CMM CPU23 Actual Characteristics Type CJM CPUS Program memory 21504 ep Useable 20556 Sheps Protected No Memory type File memory card Mo Data memory 32766 Words Extension Kwords EM banks Bank size Words I0 memory Wes KY onds Timer counters EW ords Use the above display to confirm the unit version of the CPU Unit Unit Manufacturing Information In the IO Table Window right click and select Unit Manufacturing informa tion CPU Unit T PLC 10 Table NewPLC1 eS iol xj File Options Help lj 0001 Main GE Manufacturing information Fi 0002 Rack Inner Board Software Switches Inner Board Fly 0003 Rack 02 CJ1M CPUZ3 Run Zz The following Unit Manufacturing information
34. respond to FAL numbers 001 to 2FF 0 to 511 This flag will be turned OFF when the error is cleared When a memory error occurs the 1 Error Same as Memory Error Flag A40115 is 0 No error CS CJ series turned ON and one of the fol PLC lowing flags is turned ON to in dicate the memory area where the error occurred A40300 User program A40304 PLC Setup A40305 Registered I O Table A40307 Routing Table A40308 CS CJ series CPU Bus Unit Settings When a memory error occurs the CPU Unit will continue operating and the ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will flash The corresponding flag will be turned OFF when the error is cleared Settings VO Memory Allocation Address Name Words Bits A403 A40309 Memory Card Start up Transfer Error Flag A404 A40400 1 O Bus to Error Slot A40407 Number A40408 I O Bus to Error Rack A40415 Number A405 A406 PLC Setup Error Loca tion CS CJ series PLC Function ON when automatic transfer at startup has been selected and an 0 No error error occurs during automatic transfer An error will occur if there is a transfer error the specified file does not exist or the Memory Card is not installed This flag will be turned OFF when the error is cleared by turning the power off The error cannot be cleared without turning the power off Contains the 8 bit binary slot number 00 to 09 where an I O Bus Error occurred Contains t
35. the interrupt task The Block Run runs in the same way as that of a cyclic task In this case the regular execution will be performed from the top of the scan after the interrupt task is completed Note 1 Ifan interrupt task being disabled to execute is started from the Task Control the task will not be executed The power interrupt task will be started regardless of the setting of Power OFF Interrupt Task En abled Disabled of PC Setup 2 Ifan interrupt task in the program area for applications UM1 is started while executing in that for debugging UM2 the interrupt task will be executed The control will return to the UM2 after the execution 106 Task Debugging o Section 44 4 4 4 Precautions when Debugging Task Display Task in Program Area for Debugging No tasks other than ones used in the program area for applications are dis played in the Task Control Interrupt Factor for Interrupt Task The interrupt factor for an interrupt task is identified by the task number if the task is started in the Task Control Interrupt factor Power OFF interrupt task Scheduled interrupt task I O interrupt task 100 to 131 External interrupt task The task numbers other than the above Starting I O Interrupt Task An I O interrupt task will not be started even if Interrupt Input Unit is registered in the Register PLC Unit window and the I O memory area corresponding to the input allocated to the Interrupt Input Unit is tur
36. window shown below serial Port Settings PLO Port Settings Machine address Hes g0 Fort Mo serial Port Settings Communications COM port name oo bel P Breble coh port GE Cancel 11 Set Comm Settings COM port name and Enable COM port log as re quired Note The detail of Serial Port Settings will be explained in 5 Debugging Serial Communications 12 Click the OK button to exit the Serial Port Settings window and return to the Serial Communications Settings window 43 Creating a New PLC Section 3 5 13 Exit the Serial communications window Repeat the operation from 10 to 12 as required After completing all settings click Next N gt button to display the Contents List window e Contents PLO Setup Wizard Contents List Creat a PLC data folder as follows PU Unit CS1TH CPUB Port Mo 02 Comms Settings 7 Virtual Co Local FINS address 0 1 31 Comms Settings Back Cancel 14 Pressing the Complete button after confirming the contents of the PLC Setup wizard will exit the PLC Setup wizard Then the Ladder Engine is started and each window for Work CX Simulator CX Simulator Debug Console and Status will be displayed e The Work CX Simulator window The Ladder Engine of the Simulator will be connected to the CX Programmer e The CX Simulator Debug Console Execute operation for the Ladder window Engine
37. 0 10 0 SEND 28 01028200C 0000040101 0202030304040505 Copy to clipboard Clear screen 5 5 3 Debugging by Serial Data File Serial Data File 122 Setting the communications settings of serial communications to File causes send receive by serial communications instructions to be performed with read write from to a Serial Data File Write for send and read for receive The Serial Data File is a data file individually allocated to each COM port on the computer e Folder PLC data folder LOG e Input receive file name COM port name In txt e Output send file name COM port name Out txt Examples of Serial Communications Debugging Section 5 5 The whole data in the file is read for a single receive operation For send operation send data is appended at the end of the file Use a commercial text editor or a binary editor to edit a Serial Data File Creating and Using Serial Data Files Example Input Receiving Use the following procedure to create and use a serial data file 1 2 3 1 Create a text file with a user set name to be used for the receive data 2 Input the receive data text in the text file created in step 1 3 Copy the text input as receive data and paste in the input receive file COM port name In txt under the Log Folder LOG in the PLC Data Folder Text can also be input directly into an input receive file omitting steps 1 and 2 4 Save the input receive file The file s updat
38. 0 pana 0101820004000004 an ka a pinni 1 2 3 4 5 6 F Copy to clipboard Clear screen Close e Copy to clipboard The contents of the display buffer in the Message Display window will be copied to the clipboard e Clear screen Clear the display and its buffer e Close Exit the Message Display window 3 7 9 Alarm Display Start an alarm display application program to display the alarm history In default the event viewer will be started for Windows 2000 Note Refer to each online help etc for how to use the event viewer memo pad or an alarm display application program 60 Connecting to the CX Programmer Version 2 1 or Lower Section 3 8 3 8 Connecting to the CX Programmer Version 2 1 or Lower The CX Programmer is connected to the Virtual CPU Unit in the Ladder En gine via FinsGateway Therefore the Virtual Communications Unit of Fins Gateway must be started with the Connect operation to connect the CX Programmer with the Virtual CPU Unit Computer Application programs Started by con e g CX Programmer necting FinsGateway CX Simulator FinsGateway Virtual Communications unit Simulator CPU unit Communica tions unit Ladder Engine This section describes the procedure for connecting the CX Programmer ver sion 2 1 or lower with the CPU Unit in the Ladder Engine of the CX Simulator Application programs other than the CX Programmer can be connected in the similar way Wi
39. AND LIST and OR LIST respec tively Also a maximum of 64 combinations of logic expressions can be cre ated for both the lists together 103 Step Run and Break Section 4 3 Operation when I O Break Condition Met 0000 H001 00 15 0000 01 W000 00 A401 08 T0000 Note 104 Continuous Run with I O break condition set is executed in the diagram below I O break condition holds when the content of DMO0000 that is incremented by one second pulse becomes equal to or greater than 7FFF while both values of 100 0 and H1 15 are ON and the ladder diagram execution breaks 0001 00 Pile Ei Step Run File Edit Cyclic task O0CStartup r o Address Instruction O o O LO 000000 OR 00000 OR WoOOOO0 AND HOO015 OUT 000100 LD 1s 6590 DOCODO SSS SSS T A TIM 0000 0020 LD TOODO Debug Options Help OUT OO0115 ENDO01 I O break condition setting expression l1O0 0 ON and H1 15 ON and DMO gt 7FFF or A401 08 ON For example if the break occurs when the DM00000 count is completed Shown by the left arrow in the above diagram the I O break line is displayed on the next line in the Step Run window and the program pauses In addition continuing the running in this condition will cause the execution to pause again in the following case 1 the I O break condition expression changes true gt false gt true or 2 the values of each condition expression change within the range where the
40. CS CJ CP series PLC s Modes and Execution Mode The Ladder Engine of the CX Simulator performs the same operation as the actual PLC Thus it has the actual PLC s modes Program Monitor Run Relationship between Actual PLC s Modes and Execution Mode The table below shows the relationship between the actual PLC s modes and the Execution Mode Mode Program Monitor Run mode Execution Mode Scan O Same as the Moni Run Continuous Scan Run o tor mode Continuous Run O Changed only by the Step Step Run 0 _ Cx Programmer Run Continuous StepRun O Pause o o d O Stop O SE Scan Replay Follow the settings Note The Ladder Engine runs in the Monitor mode A Run operation turns the mode to Monitor even when the mode is changed to Run from the CX Programmer Mode Change from CX Programmer Changing the mode from the CX Programmer will change the execution mode of the Ladder Engine as follows e Program mode Monitor Run mode Continuous Run e Monitor Run mode Program mode Stop mode e Monitor mode Run mode No change e Run mode Monitor mode No change Execution mode and CX Simulator Connection Selecting Disconnect in the Work CX Simulator window will automatically turn the execution mode to the Stop mode Changing the execution mode from the CX Simulator Debug Console or changing the mode from the CX Programmer can not be performed during Disconnect
41. Dialog Box will be displayed Unit Manufacturing Information 32 x File Help Manufacturing Details Revision Number PCE Revision Number CBE Software Revision Humber BA fo Lot Humber E Serial Number Unit Version Number There i no kemon Card installed Use the above display to confirm the unit version of the CPU Unit connected online Using the Unit Version Labels Unit Version Notation Product nameplate Meaning Designating individual CPU Units e g the CS1H CPU67H Designating groups of CPU Units e g the CS1 H CPU Units Designating an entire series of CPU Units e g the CS series CPU Units The following unit version labels are provided with the CPU Unit N VavVFyvyTFlzkSI yYb OBRRHEOZRSSHTSkH DIAICF WBS CT MOA AAY tlt TC CFA lt TES These Labels can be used to manage differences in the available functions among the Units Place the appropriate label on the front of the Unit to show what Unit version is actually being used These labels can be attached to the front of previous CPU Units to differentiate between CPU Units of different unit versions In this manual the unit version of a CPU Unit is given as shown in the following table CPU Units on which no unit version is given Baal amp Lot No XXXXXX XXXX p EE ee OMRON Corporation MADE IN JAPAN Pre Ver 2 0 CS1 H CPU Units Pre Ver 2 0 CS1 H CPU Units Pre Ver 2 0 CS ser
42. External Inputs 6 3 Check Results Check the results of the virtual run by the time chart monitor or spreadsheet software Refer to 8 5 Checking the Result 7 Switching to the actual PLC Disconnect the Simulator and check the program again with the actual PLC connected 3 4 2 Method 2 Starting from the CX Simulator Menus 1 2 3 1 CX Programmer Start Start the CX Programmer 2 Programming Create a program for debugging by Create or by reading an existing project 3 CX Simulator Start Start the CX Simulator Refer to 3 3 Starting and Exiting from CX Simulator Menus 4 PLC Setting Wizard Select either Create a new PLC or an existing PLC directory For Create a new PLC set as follows 1 Select the PLC type 2 Select the Units used in PLC 3 Set for network communications 4 Set for serial communications Refer to 3 5 Creating a New PLC 35 Outline of Operation Procedure Section 3 4 5 Connecting with CX Programmer CX Programmer Version 3 0 or Higher a Select Automatically Transfer Program to Simulator on the PLCs tab under Tool Option b Select Simulator Online Connection from the PLC menu c Click the OK button on the dialog box for the program transfer option Refer to 3 2 Starting and Going Online from the CX Programmer CX Programmer Version 2 1 Exiting the PLC Setup wizard will start the Ladder Engine according to the setting Also each window for Connect to Simulator
43. FINS Commands from the External Devices via Network Communications 132 6 3 3 Precautions when Using Network Communications c ccssssessseessesssssessesesseees 132 6 4 Example of Debugging Network Communications cccccccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 133 6 4 1 Outline of Debugging Network Communications Instructions 00000eeeeeereeeees 133 6 4 2 Debugging with Display Messages cccccssssessseeessssssesesssessssssssssssssssssssseessessaeeeaas 134 6 4 3 Debugging with Local Communications cccccsssseseeessessssessssssssssssssssssssseesesaaas 134 6 5 Avarlable PINS G oman aiis r tebe tns A a a a aa 137 6 5 1 The List of Available FINS Commands ccccccsssssssessesssessssssssssesssseeeseeeaas 137 6 5 2 Restrictions on FINS Commands ccccccccesseesseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 138 125 Outline of Network Communications Section 6 1 6 1 Outline of Network Communications This section explains the outline of the network communications Introduction The CX Simulator can debug network communications by 1 send receive FINS commands to the application program the CPU Unit itself an application program using FinsGateway or the CPU Unit of FinsGateway or 2 screen display of send messages However the destination of the FINS commands is only the CPU Unit itself an application program using FinsGateway
44. Functions added for unit Units Unit Ver 3 0 version 3 0 CS CJ Series CPU Functions added for unit Units Unit Ver 2 0 version 2 0 CS1D CPU Units for Functions added for unit Single CPU Systems version 2 0 Unit Ver 2 0 CS1D CPU Units for Functions added for unit Duplex CPU Systems version 1 1 Unit Ver 1 1 x Cannot be used A Can be used except for new functions added for unit versions O Can be used Note 1 As shown above there is no need to upgrade to CX Programmer version 4 0 as long as the functions added for unit version 2 0 or unit version 1 1 are not used 2 CX Programmer version 7 0 or higher is required to use functions added for unit version 4 0 Additional functions are supported if CX Programmer version 7 2 or higher is used XXIV 3 Unit version 4 2 of the CJU1H CPU6LJ R is supported only by CX Programmer version 8 0 or higher 4 CX Programmer version 8 0 or higher is required to use unit version 4 2 of the CJ1H CPU6LI R Unit Versions of CP series CPU Units and Programming Devices CPU Unit Unit CX Programmer version version Ver 6 11 Ver 6 20 Ver 7 11 Ver 8 2 or later OK CP1L CPU Units CP1L MUJLILILI L Ver 1 0 OK OK CP1L LUILIUILI L CP1E CPU Units CP1E ELIJLIDLI A Ver 1 0 OK CP1E NUILIDLI LI Note 1 Functionality of CP1H CPU Units with unit version 1 0 or 1 0 and CP1L CPU Units with unit version 1 0 is the same as that for CS CJ series CPU Units with unit version 3 0
45. Inputs Section 8 2 eee Generating virtual external inputs Commercial tool Ladder Engine CX Programmer Spreadsheet etc I O Condition Tool Ladder Engine Data trace file cdt Command log file flg I O Condi tion settings Data Replay file csv Ladder program for debugging Ladder program for debugging Data Replay Tool I O Condi tion Tool Data Replay file csv Commercial tool spread sheet etc CX Programmer Time chart monitor Data trace 151 Generating Virtual External Inputs Section 8 3 8 3 Generating Virtual External Inputs 8 3 1 Command Log The Command Log File flg contains the operation history actually the communications commands history of FINS communications such as read write of I O memory areas and force set reset executed by the CX Programmer Besides FINS communications from application programs etc can be stored as a history Replaying this file using Data Replay Tool substitutes manual input operation to the Ladder Engine Note Refer to 8 4 Running by Virtual External Inputs for replaying with Data Replay Tool Setting for Creating Set for saving the command log in the CX Simulator Debug Console Re Command Log play Command log Settings 1 2 3 1 Select Settings in the CX Simulator Debug Console Replay Command log to display the Command Log Settings window Command Log S
46. Node Node number 240 Ueerdetned Type Protocol Sy Sia Ly oF a Unit no Data 21 WAY Hea mi Tml Poy Ly Data length protocols set the Unit no ata field to Unit no and 1 in the Data length field 6 Select SYSMAC WAY CV in the protocol of the Add Edit Serial Node dialog box and click the OK button to return to the SerialUnit property Note If CS CJ CP Series is not found in the model names select Others 251 How to Use Data Trace Recording Tool Appendix 7 Click the Close button to display the following message box Selecting Yes to return to the Network setting window Seral Unit Setup Es Restart Senallnit service 8 Click the Exit button to return to the FinsGateway Service Manager 252 Revision History A manual revision code appears as a suffix to the catalog number on the front cover of the manual Cat No W366 E1 11 t Revision code The following table outlines the changes made to the manual during each revision Page numbers refer to the previous version Revision code code Revised content a January 2000 Original production October 2000 Contents revised to reflect the upgrade from version 1 0 to 1 1 as follows WindowsMe 2000 supported Serial Communications function Actual serial communications and NT Link added Numerous point Data Collection Tool added License number entry on installing added Correction made throughout t
47. Not turned ON when STUP 237 is changing executed and it will be turned OFF after the settings have been changed The corresponding flag will be Not used ON when the settings for that port i are being changed The flag will be turned ON when changing STUP 237 is executed and it will be turned OFF by an event is sued from the Serial Communi cations Unit after the settings have been changed It is also possible for the user to indicate a change in serial port settings by turning these flags ON I O Memory Allocation Section 9 3 Address Name CS CJ series PLC CX Simulator Words Bits Function Settings Function Settings A62100 Communi Not used cations Units Oto jare being changed The flag will be turned ON when changing STUP 237 is executed and it will be turned OFF by an event is sued from the Serial Communi cations Unit after the settings have been changed It is also possible for the user to indicate a change in serial port settings by turning these flags Communi Not used cations Board Set are being changed tings The flag will be turned ON when changing Changing STUP 237 is executed and it will Flag be turned OFF by an event is sued from the Serial Communi cations Board after the settings have been changed A63601 It is also possible for the user to A63602 indicate a change in serial port A63603 settings by turning these flags A63604 eas 226 Other Functions Section 9 4
48. Not used tializing 1 Initializ ing Reset to 0 automati cally after initializa tion 203 YO Memory Allocation A315 204 Address A31504 A33000 to A33515 Name System Work Error Flag Non fatal Error Flag Tag Mem ory Error Flag Non fatal Error Flag Special I O Unit Initial izing Flags Maximum Differentia Section 9 3 CS CJ series PLC CX Simulator Settings Settings ON when an error has been de tected in the work memory for online editing While this flag is ON online ed iting is disabled CJ2 series PLCs only ON when an error has occurred in the tag memory where network symbols are stored CJ2 series PLCs only ON when writing of backup data or source comments has been failed When the detected error is cleared this flag will turn OFF CJ2 series PLCs only These flags are ON while the corresponding Special I O Unit is initializing after its Special I O Unit Restart Bit A50200 to A50715 is turned from OFF to ON or the power is turned ON The bits in these words corre spond to unit numbers These words contain the maxi mum value of the differentiation flag numbers being used by dif ferentiation instructions 0 No error 1 Error 0 Not ini tializing 1 Initializ ing Reset to 0 automati cally after initializa tion ae Same as CS CJ series PLC aa VO Memory Allocation Section 9 3 CS CJ series PLC
49. O Condition Operation Supported Pop up Menus Supported Menus System Status Setting Window Toolbar Execu tion Operation Data Replay Supported Supported Command Log Not supported Supported Connection with Application Programs Not supported Supported Work CX Simulator Window 28 Starting and Going Online from the CX Programmer Section 3 2 3 2 Starting and Going Online from the CX Programmer Note 1 2 3 2s2 Note When using CX Programmer version 3 0 or higher the CX Simulator can be started and placed online from the CX Programmer As soon as online status is reached program transfer operations to the CX Simulator can be per formed The CX Simulator must be started from the CX Simulator menus see 3 3 Start and Exit to use a computer serial port from the CX Simulator or to per form communications via a FinsGateway network from the CX Simulator The procedure used to start the CX Simulator from the CX Programmer and create an online connection is described below The CX Programmer version 3 0 or higher must be installed on the computer in advance 1 Start the CX Programmer create a new project and set a CS CJ series PLC as the PLC model or load an existing project with a CS CJ series PLC set as the PLC model Perform the following steps to automatically download the program to the CX Simulator after creating an online connection from the CX Programmer a Select Tool Option from the main menu
50. RIGHT FORCED Acquires the access right even if another device ACQUIRE currently holds it ACCESS RIGHT RELEASE Releases the access right regardless of what device holds it Clears errors and error messages Reads the error log Clears the error log pointer to zero Reads the file memory s file information Reads the specified amount of data from the specified point in a file E gt the specified amount of data from the specified point in a file Error Ac cess File Memory NI NNN NI n nininini ol ol o NI NIN NI NINI gt 1 o oO OJO O O O O O O1 OO NO OG RO OO 4 Formats file memory Deletes the specified files from file memory 07 FILE COPY Copies a file within file memory or between two file memory devices in a system Changes a file name j 05 l Available FINS Commands Section 6 5 code Memory TRANSFER memory area and file memory Pe Frangrer ramotersreaanaflememaye TRANSFER rameter area and file memory TRANSFER area and file memory DIRECTORY Status status of the specified bits Cancels the forced status of all force set and CANCEL force reset bits 6 5 2 Restrictions on FINS Commands Formatting File Device In the CX Simulator the file device of the CS CJ series PLC is virtually allo cated to the part of the hard disk in the computer Thus Formatting the File Device will not actually format the file If a folder allocated as a file memory does no
51. Routing table error Failed to transfer because the number of local tables exceeds maximum 16 Routing table error Failed to transfer because the number of relay tables exceeds maximum 20 Routing table error The network address in the local table records must be 0x00 or over 0x80 Routing table error The unit address in the local table records must be under 0x10 or over 0x20 Routing table error The unit address in the local table records must be unique Serial communications were not executed because the target node was at another network The size of memory preservation file is invalid The Value of checksum for the memory preservation file is incorrect 236 Wrong routing in formation Wrong routing in formation Wrong routing in formation Wrong routing in formation Wrong routing in formation Wrong routing in formation Wrong destination FINS address of the communications instruction Disconnect and Connect and then try again Exit the CX Simulator and restart Disconnect and Connect and then try again Exit the CX Simulator and restart Disconnect and Connect and then try again Exit the CX Simulator and restart Disconnect and Connect and then try again Exit the CX Simulator and restart Disconnect and Connect and then try again Exit the CX Simulator and restart Disconnect and Connect and then try again Exit the CX Simulator and
52. SeU W Zan eaa E ean ee a 38 De 5a Oe tin EXBUNE Cores igo betes seg dee ee 45 9 5 3 Folder Used i C XS labor riiet dada guaran un tenicaeeen dacea eludes gua Gren den toile deeeeiute 46 526 Bach Partof the Windows sesssivsaceistcnaiecchentnatinesecuxcbeise E AE A SE 48 3 6 1 Basic Windows Arrangement eoniesrieeiien iene EE a EE EEA EEEE 48 3 6 2 Basic Windows Transition sigs ctinae Sl dian sed cnsaaivnsusweabiaiia tan eaadeldvea a trutsoassbsbeesssdadeeeSerdusaeun 49 SH System Status Se EUIIN WIN OW soi siceedtend gotta tact aeiu aa aa a i tex ai i a 50 3 7 1 System Status Setting Window cccccccccccccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 50 3 7 2 Setting Menu of System Status Setting sseessseeeseceseseeecesesesncesessenseseeeseesecsecseees 54 ba 7 Reeser PEC Wii isos ea doce eae ee ce ee ee es 54 AUM SENN eurea ee Oa Oe ae ee ee ee eee ee 55 9272 PEC Clock SEINAS nasrni eeepc sae aes a sae aay toed 37 3 O PLEC Operation Seti NES a T A 58 327 minah PEC orase O T N 59 3 7 8 Message Display W UNG OW cascisssussianceniesiaddesanns haini ahaa i aa a 59 ETEF AEDI Spl A Venia a N AT N e 60 3 8 Connecting to the CX Programmer Version 2 1 or LOWY cccccceceeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 61 3 8 1 Work CX Simulator WindoOwW wise eauletasosiainiy tu bat ae be ease ireira en 62 3 8 2 How to Connect with CX ProgrammMet cccccccceesseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees
53. Simulator to work with and the initial setting 3 5 1 PLC Setup Wizard When starting the CX Simulator input either of Create a new PLC or Open an existing PLCs first in the PLC setup wizard When using the CX Simulator for the first time the PLC CPU model and others must be set in the Create a new PLC The following shows the procedure for Create a new PLC in the PLC setup wizard Note When setting the PLC CPU model in Create a new PLC be sure it is correct When changing the model set before specify the same folder and repeat the same procedure in the PLC setup wizard 1 2 3 1 Selecting Select PLC in the PLC setup wizard when starting the CX Simulator or in the Settings of System Status Setting window will display the following Select PLC dialog box e Select PLC Select PLC Select PL Setting f Create a new PLC PLC Setup Wizard Open an existing PLO Erose PLO data tolders Cancel 38 Creating a New PLC Section 3 5 2 Selecting Create a new PLC PLC Setup Wizard and clicking the OK button will display the PLC Data folder Settings window Here input the name of the new PLC data folder Selecting the folder is also possible by clicking the Browse button e PLC Data Folder Settings PLO Selup Wizard PLO Dala ulder Selloms raataa a naw PLC data folder Delecl a lulder lo creale C Simulator L P RRA h FILES hi R BE E MUL Tok Om
54. a logic operator If other operators are used the I O Condition expression will cause an error E 9 Click the lt lt button on the side of the output expressions to add the set logic expression to the output expressions 10 When registering multiple logic expressions to the output expression insert logic operators between logic expressions Click the and button 11 Repeat 9 and 10 until completing the output expression Directly editing the output expression is also possible 12 Click the Expression Registration button to register the input condition expressions the delay time and the output expressions as the I O Con dition expression The expression is evaluated when registered N o is shown in the execution field for a valid input and E rror for an invalid input 13 Repeat 3 to 12 until inputting necessary I O Condition expressions com pletes 14 When changing the input I O Condition expression left click the relevant line in the list to reflect the selected I O Condition expression to the reg istration condition area Correct it as required and click the Expression Registration button to re register 15 Double click the expression where actually judging conditions out of the registered I O Condition expressions to change the display from N to D o showing judging conditions is possible Also repeating the same process will change the display from D to N 16 After making relevant I O Conditio
55. address count If the CX Programmer is activated at the same time and connected online once place it offline Alternatively setting the maximum value 25 5 ms to Fixed Peripheral Servicing Time in the PLC Setup may be effective although the cycle time extends For details check the Errorlog txt that is created in the same folder as for the saved CSV file Data sampling stopped The above situation repeated 10 times continuously or communications with the PLC is broken Check the communications path with the PLC 8 3 6 I O Condition Expressions I O Condition Expressions describe the operation that sets values to the I O memory area output expression after the specified time delay time when the conditions of the specified I O memory conditional expression hold The combination of the conditions generates virtual external outputs 162 Generating Virtual External Inputs Section 8 3 Procedure for Setting I O Condition Expressions This section explains the testing procedure using the I O Condition Tool 1 2 3 1 Select IO Condition in the CX Simulator Debug Console Replay menu to display the Run window of the I O Condition Tool _ IO Condition Run p x File Help IO condition file C Program Files OMRONMFCA S imulator loGtl Browse Target FINS Address I Synchronized Network address Mode address Unit address O cycles 2 Select Settings in the Fi
56. and hold harmless Omron Companies and their employees from and against all liabilities losses claims costs and expenses including attorney s fees and expenses related to any claim inves tigation litigation or proceeding whether or not Omron is a party which arises or is alleged to arise from Buyer s acts or omissions under these Terms or in any way with respect to the Products Without limiting the foregoing Buyer at its own expense shall indemnify and hold harmless Omron and defend or set tle any action brought against such Companies to the extent based on a claim that any Product made to Buyer specifications infringed intellectual property rights of another party Property Confidentiality Any intellectual property in the Products is the exclu sive property of Omron Companies and Buyer shall not attempt to duplicate it in any way without the written permission of Omron Notwithstanding any charges to Buyer for engineering or tooling all engineering and tooling shall remain the exclusive property of Omron All information and materials supplied by Omron to Buyer relating to the Products are confidential and proprietary and Buyer shall limit distribution thereof to its trusted employees and strictly prevent disclosure to any third party Export Controls Buyer shall comply with all applicable laws regulations and licenses regarding i export of products or information iii sale of products to forbidden or ot
57. are explained here New PLCs Supported CX Simulator version 1 5 supports the following new CPU Units CPU Unit model CJ1H CPU67H CPU Unit Version Upgrade Compatibility CX Simulator version 1 5 supports the following CS CJ series CPU Units with unit version 3 0 Device type CS CJ CS1G H CS1H H CJ1G H CJ1H H CJ1M m o vi Function Block Ladder Programming Language Simulation CX Simulator version 1 5 can be used to simulate function blocks that are supported for CS CJ series CPU Units with unit version 3 0 function block algorithms can be written in the ladder programming language or in the structured text ST Step execution of instructions contained in ladder programming language or structured text within a function block however is not supported Precautions CX Simulator version 1 5 can simulate the operations of a CS CJ series CPU Unit with version 3 0 ona personal computer The simulation however operates differently from the actual CS CJ series CPU Unit with unit version 3 0 in the system e Processing when using index registers for automatic incrementing or decrementing with se quence output instructions No protocol communications instructions sent to the serial port of the Serial Communications Unit will not be executed CX Simulator version 1 5 does not support no protocol instructions TXDU 256 and RXDU 255 sent to the serial port of the Serial Communications Unit and will not execute these instructi
58. as required and stop the program step by step to monitor the contents of I O memory Refer to 4 3 Step Run and Break 10 3 Cycle Time Monitor Confirm the virtual cycle time so that the program execution time on the actual PLC is within the permissible range 10 4 Task Operation Check Check the number and time of the task execution in the Task Con trol window If an interrupt task exists execute the program with the interrupt timing changed to check the interrupt operation Refer to 4 4 Task Debugging 10 5 Serial Network Communications Display the contents of serial network communications to debug with actual communications Refer to 5 Debugging Serial Communications and 6 Debugging Network Communications 11 Debugging by Virtual External Inputs 11 1 Generating Virtual External Inputs Create data program for virtual external inputs Refer to 8 3 Generating Virtual External Inputs 11 2 Virtual Run Generate virtual external inputs using the created data program to virtually run the ladder diagram in more actual way Refer to 8 4 Running by Virtual External Inputs 11 3 Check Results Check the results of the virtual run by the time chart monitor or spreadsheet software Refer to 8 5 Checking the Result 12 Switching to the actual PLC Disconnect the Simulator and check the program again with the actual PLC connected 37 Creating a New PLC Section 3 5 3 5 Creating a New PLC This section explains the data for the CX
59. at start up but it is cleared when the Memory Corruption Detected The data is stored in BCD A51200 to A51207 Second 00 to 59 A52601 Peripheral Turn this bit ON to restart the 0 to 1 Re Not used Port Restart peripheral port start Bit A52614 SYSMAC Turn this bit ON to restart Oto 1 Re Not used BUS Mas SYSMAC BUS Remote I O Mas start ter 1 Re ter Unit 1 start Bit This bit is turned OFF automati cally when the restart processing is completed A52615 SYSMAC Turn this bit ON to restart Oto 1 Re Not used BUS Mas SYSMAC BUS Remote I O Mas start ter 0 Re ter Unit 0 start Bit This bit is turned OFF automati cally when the restart processing is completed 223 I O Memory Allocation Section 9 3 Address Name CS CJ series PLC CX Simulator Words Bits Function Settings Function Settings A527 A52700 Online Ed The Online Editing Disable Bit When iti A52709 is valid only when this CS CJ series _ valid byte contains 5A PLC online ed To disable online editing from a iting itself Programming Device set this is disabled byte to 5A and turn ON A52709 Reflected Online editing refers to changing disabled after a or adding to the program while password the PLC is operating in input for MONITOR mode CS CJ seri es PLC Online Ed Turn this bit ON to disable online 1 Disabled Same as iting Dis editing The setting of this bitis 0 Not dis CS CJ series able Bit valid only when A5
60. at left and immediate MOV Immediate refreshing is not per refreshing formed Down Available for LD AND OR RSET and SET Same as shown at left differentiation and Immediate refreshing is not per immediate re formed freshing Instruction operand data Basically operands are specified in binary Same as shown at left format In XFER 070 for example the number of words is specified in binary 0001 to FFFF or 1 to 65 535 decimal Specifying data in binary in creases the setting range about six fold Specifying operands requiring If an operand requiring multiple words is speci Same as shown at left multiple words fied at the end of an area so that there are not enough words left in the area for the operand the instruction can be executed and the Error Flag will not turn ON The program however is checked when transferred from the CX Programmer to the CPU Unit and cannot be transferred with incorrect operand specifications Such programs also cannot be read from the CPU Unit 20 Comparison of the CX Simulator and SYSMAC CS CJ series PLCs Section 1 6 CS CJ series PLC CX Simulator Instructions Sequence Input Equivalent Sequence Output Equivalent Sequence Control Equivalent Equivalent The MILH and MILR instructions however cannot be used to control the ON OFF status of interlocks by forcing ON OFF the bit specified for the second operand The interlocks must be controlled through the execution condition of
61. block number of block programming instructions Not possible to use interrupt Do not use interrupt tasks in the program area for debugging UM2 The tasks interrupt tasks in the UM2 will not be executed Program Area for Debugging The program area for debugging is not displayed on the Step Run window If and I O Break Condition the I O break condition holds whole executing a ladder program on the pro Setting gram area for debugging the Step Run window displays as if an I O break occurred at the end of the ladder program for applications END 165 Running by Virtual External Inputs Section 8 4 8 4 Running by Virtual External Inputs 8 4 1 Running by Virtual External Inputs How to Run by Virtual External Inputs Perform running by virtual external inputs in the following 3 methods 1 By Data Replay Tool 2 By the I O Condition Tool 3 By the ladder program for debugging Note Be careful when performing Run mode operation from the Debug Console while executing the Data Replay Tool or I O Condition Tool If the Continuous Run button is pressed during a Synchronous process synchronism may be lost temporarily Also if the Pause Scan Run or Step Run button is pressed during an Asynchronous process the virtual external input data will be replayed even if the ladder execution is interrupted temporarily Synchronous Asynchronous Processes Note In the Data Replay Tool and I O Condition Tool whether or not to pe
62. button Multiple data can be registered Further the maximum number of addresses that can be registered with the currently set com munications method and the present registered number are displayed on the status bar Also the saved address can be read by File Open Address List The number of sampling is limited as follows depending on the communica tions method because this tool acquires data from an actual PLC using FINS commands e Via Peripheral bus 167 addresses max e Via SYSMAC WAY 134 addresses max e Even for other networks the number of sampling is limited depending on the frame size of the FINS command at that time 4 Input Sampling interval A value of 10 or more to be multiplied by 10 ms can be set with the default value of 20 200 ms The Sampling Interval set here is from the internal viewpoint the one in which the Multipoint Data Collection Tool issues a FINS command in order to read the registered addresses from an actual PLC The actual intervals at which a response is returned from the PLC may differ from the specified interval depending on the cycle process timing on the actual PLC 5 Check Acquire data as every cycle data as required In this case the data acquired is saved in a file as every cycle data independently of the specified sampling interval and the PLC s cycle time When not timing but confirming operation with ON OFF of the bits is important the saved file with a check mark can be rep
63. button is also possible e Target FINS Ad Input the destination FINS address for monitoring I O dress Condition The FINS address for the Ladder Engine is displayed as the initial value Changing it during the execution is not possible e Synchronized Specify whether or not to perform the synchronous process When in the process the conditional moni toring will be performed to the Ladder Engine in the unit of a single scan When in the asynchronous at a fixed interval e Start Stop button Pressing the Start button will monitor I O Condition The button works as Stop button during execution When starting the message box is displayed at the destination The process will be started after confirma tion e Status Display Display the process status on the Status bar 74 Debug Console Window e Cycle Count Dis play e Destination Model Name File e Open e Start e Stop e Configuration e Exit Help Menu e Help Contents e Help Index e About Section 3 9 Display the cycle increase after starting monitoring When in asynchronous process display the count of monitoring operation Display the model name of connecting destination in the title Input the execution file using Browse Monitor the I O Condition whose execution flag is D in the set execution file Not selectable if the execution file is not input Stop I O condition monitoring Not selectable unless monitoring is being executed Display the
64. condition expression holds 1 Do not perform online editing while setting I O break conditions Doing so may cause the same operation i e Scan Replay or enter the Program mode as the case where performing online editing when Step Run 2 If Continuous Run Scan Run Continuous Scan Run is performed while setting I O break conditions clicking the Step Run Pause button may cause the execution to pause halfway in the scan Usually stops on the top Task Debugging o Section 44 4 4 Task Debugging One of the functions added in CS CJ CP series PLCs is a concept of task This section explains debugging a task using the CX Simulator 4 4 1 Execution Time and Count of Task Execution Time and Count of Task The Task Control window monitors execution time and count of each task The time and count are cleared in the Stop Program mode This function is effective when redesigning so as to reduce the overall cycle time by dividing a time consuming task by the execute non execute condition and controlling execute wait of the task When using the C200H Special I O Unit or the SYSMAC BUS Remote I O Unit the execution time of the interrupt task must not exceed 10 ms If an interrupt task is executed for more than 10 ms during refreshing an interrupt task error will occur Executed for more than 10 ms error Also the execution time of the power interruption task must be less than 10 ms Power OFF Detection Delay Time regardless of uni
65. flag will be turned OFF when the error is cleared ON when an error has occurred in 1 Error a Basic I O Unit including C200H 0 No error Group 2 High density I O Units and C200H Interrupt Input Units Not used 213 VO Memory Allocation Address Name Words Bits A402 A403 214 A40213 Interrupt Task Error Flag Non fatal error A40215 FAL Error Flag Non fatal error A40300 Memory Error Loca tion Section 9 3 CS CJ series PLC CX Simulator Function Settings Function ON when the Detect Interrupt 1 Interrupt Not used Task Errors setting in the PLC task error Setup is set to Detect and an 0 No error interrupt task is executed for more than 10 ms during I O re freshing of a C200H Special I O Unit or a SYSMAC BUS I O Unit This flag will also be turned ON if an attempt is made to refresh a Special I O Unit s I O from an interrupt task with IORF 097 while the Unit s I O is being re freshed by cyclic I O refresh ing duplicate refreshing ON when a non fatal error is 1 Same as generated by executing FALS 006 CS CJ series FAL 006 The CPU Unit will error OC PLC continue operating and the curred ERR ALM indicator on the front of O the CPU Unit will flash FALS 006 The bit in A360 to A391 that cor not exe responds to the FAL number cuted specified in FALS 006 will be turned ON and the corresponding error code will be written to A400 Error codes 4101 to 42FF cor
66. from the main menus The CX Simulator will go offline and the CX Simulator dialog box will return to the task tray The CX Simulator will automatically return to PROGRAM mode The CX Simulator dialog box will be restored to the original position if PLC Simulator Online Connection is selected from the main menus of the CX Programmer again 3 2 4 Exiting the CX Simulator from the CX Programmer You can exit the CX Simulator using any of the following steps e Select Exit Simulator from the Simulation menu in the main menus of the CX Programmer e Close the CX Programmer project e Exit the CX Programmer 3 2 5 Going Online with the CX Simulator Already Started from CX Simulator Menus Simulator Online Connection can be selected to go online with the CX Simulator even if the CX Simulator has already been started from CX Simulator menus To do this the CX Simulator Communications Unit must be the Controller Link 1 2 3 1 Open a project on the CX Programmer and set the PLC model to the same model as the one used to start the CX Simulator 2 Select Simulation Simulator Online Connection from the main menus of the CX Programmer An online connect will be made unrelated to the communications settings in the current project 31 Starting and Exiting from CX Simulator Menus Section 3 3 3 3 Starting and Exiting from CX Simulator Menus This section describes how to start and exit the CX Simulator Note Use this met
67. memory capacity 15 Operation List Arranged by Purpose Section 1 5 1 5 Operation List Arranged by Purpose The following lists show the operation for each purpose 1 5 1 Setting Operation Environment Menu or Button to select Connect the CX Simulator Debug Console File Menu Work CX Simulator Connect Simu lator Disconnect the CX Simulator Debug Console File Menu Work CX Simulator Disconnect Simulator Create a new PLC Select System Status Setting Select PLC Create a new PLC Open existing PLC Select System Status Setting Select PLC Open existing PLC Add a PLC unit System Status Setting PLC unit Setting Change UM System Status Setting UM Setting Initialize PLC memory System Status Initialize PLC 1 5 2 Program Execution 1 5 3 Program Debugging Objective Menu or Button to select Set for Step Run Debug Console Step Run Set break points In the above operation right click the program address to set a breakpoint to and set Select BreakPoint when the pop up menu is displayed Clear the break point In the above operation right click the program address to clear a breakpoint for and select Clear BreakPoint when the pop up menu is displayed Clear all break points In the above operation right click the Step Run window and select Clear All BreakPoints when the pop up menu is displayed Designate a start point In the above operation right click the program address to set a start point t
68. memory card cannot be trans 1 Error ferred to the CPU Unit at power ON CJ2H CPU6L and CJ2M CPU1 only ON when the transferred user Not used program contains a function that is not Supported by the unit ver sion of the CPU Unit ON when a non fatal error is q1 Same as generated by the FALS 006 FALS 006 CS CJ series instruction The CPU Unit will executed PLC continue operating and the O ERR ALM indicator will flash FALS 006 The corresponding error code will not exe be written to A400 Error codes cuted C101 to C2FF correspond to FALS numbers 001 to 511 This flag will be turned OFF when the FALS errors are cleared ON if the cycle time exceeds the 0 Cycle Same as maximum cycle time set in the time under CS CJ series PLC Setup the cycle time moni max PLC toring time CPU Unit operation 1 Cycle will stop and the ERR ALM indi time over cator on the front of the CPU Unit max will light This flag will be turned OFF when the error is cleared 209 VO Memory Allocation Address Name Words Bits A401 A40109 Program 210 A40110 A40111 A40112 A40113 A40114 Error Flag Fatal error I O Set ting Error Flag Fatal error Too Many I O Points Flag Fatal error Inner Board Stopped Error Flag Fatal error Duplication Error Flag Fatal error Fatal error Section 9 3 CS CJ series PLC CX Simulator Function Settings Function Settings ON when program c
69. munications to an external serial communications device using a COM port on the computer 2 screen display of send messages or 3 input output from to a file Computer 1 Debugger Screen display COM l port FinsGateway ae Virtual Communications 3 2 Simulator Communi cations Unit Files 1 Serial communications cannot be performed when the CX Simulator is started and the online connection is made from the CX Programmer 2 Refer to 6 3 Serial Communications of CS CJ Series Programming Manual for the outline of CS CJ series serial communications Supported Protocols and Units 110 The CX Simulator supports Host Link SYSMAC WAY NT Link and No protocol as a protocol for serial communications These protocols support differently depending on a Unit that performs serial communications The relationship between serial communications protocols and Units is shown below Hardware CPU Unit Serial Serial Peripheral port RS 232C port Communica Communica Port 1 Port 2 tions Board tions Unit Host Link Yes FINS C mode communications SYSMAC WAY No _ Mo NT Link 1 N mode No ae Yes Supported No Not supported Does not exist Outline of Serial Communications Section 5 1 Note For the RS 232C port on the CPU Unit if a protocol not supported by the CX Simulator in the PLC Setup settings is set communications can not be performed For the Serial Communi
70. network Reset the routing table using the CX Integrator number since the number of registered network in the Fins Gateway routing table is maxi mum Delete the unused network then reconnect Unexecuted Cyclic task cannot Tried to changea Try again after executing the program be changed to WAIT mode Cyclic task in INI to WAIT mode Unit profile does not exist or the Wrong execution Uninstall and then reinstall the CX Simulator file format is invalid environment 231 Error Processing Section 10 1 10 1 3 I O Condition Tool lf an error occurs while operating the I O Condition Tool the error contents will be displayed in the dialog box Remove the error causes referring to the remedies Symptoms Communication error received Wrong address 1 Check the I O conditions settings an error response specification or 2 Exit executing application programs excluding the range of I O CX Simulator and try again memory for I O conditions or wrong communi cations environ ment Communications error commu A timeout oc If the cycle time of the Ladder Engine is too long nications timeout curred in a re use synchronous processing in the virtual cycle sponse from the time Ladder Engine Check if the target FINS address is the same as that of the Ladder Engine Failed to get the current IOM Wrong address Check the I O conditions settings specification or range of I O memory for I O conditions exe
71. next rung shown by the hatching in the diagram to execute the specified range of the rung However when repeating executing a specific rung continuously reset a start point which is automatically cleared on execution after stopping at the break point 0000 0000 0002 Program Instruction Word Operand ess k AMnemonic EMO 1 0001 0001 00 01 0 000004 ILD NOT 000100 0 0 00005 o orno 000007 anD 000008 OUT When the Ladder Engine is in stop the Program mode if a task is executed from the pop up menu after selecting the task in the Task Control Step Run will be executed with a start point set at the top of the task and a break point at the bottom of the task automatically While the program is being executed an interrupt will occur at the timings when a task execution flag is set for a Cyclic Task and when the interruption occurs for an interrupt task In the Block Run the following operation will be performed after stopped by an End instruction 1 For a cycle task the next executable task is executed 2 For an interrupt task a cyclic task in the next cycle is executed 4 3 5 I O Break Condition Setting 100 The setting expression of I O break condition is a logic expression combining multiple I O break conditions If an I O break condition is set the I O break pauses the program execution when the contents of the I O memory area get to satisfy the specified condition Only one co
72. node address within the local FINS address for the Network Communications Unit The network address and the unit address can not be changed Note Set the node address so as not to overlap with the one of other Communica tions Unit or FinsGateway Virtual Communications Unit Connect to the CX Simulator will fail if overlapped If the node address is changed the Ladder Engine will be restarted 8 Communications Settings Select from the Communications drop down list according to the purpose The following items can be selected Comm Settings None Communications instructions are not processed de fault Messages Display the contents of the messages sent to the Dis play Messages window Perform actual communications to a node in the com puter Note Comm Settings is for ladder diagram instructions SEND RECV CMND All of the communications from external devices to the Ladder Engine will be valid regardless of the restrictions in the Comm Settings 9 Press OK to exit the Register Network Communications window and to return to the Network Communications Settings window 10 Exit the Network Communications Settings window Repeat the proce dures 5 to 9 as required Press OK when completed 131 Network Connection Section 6 3 6 3 Network Connection 6 3 1 Send FINS Commands to the External Devices via Network Com munications FINS commands by the Network Communications instruction of the CX Simu
73. of program in the UM1 The sum of the UM instruction words execution time of instruction words 3 Calculating the Mini Calculate the cycle time When Minimum Cycle Time is not mum Cycle Time When Minimum Cycle Time is speci specified the cycle time is 0 ms fied in the PLC Setup if 1 2 4 is In Minimum Cycle Time there is smaller than the specified Minimum no waiting time and only the cycle Cycle Time it is regarded as the virtual time is set cycle time 4 II O refresh The accumulated I O refresh time for I O refresh time for each Unit mul each Unit registered in PLC unit set tiplied by The number of Units tings used Note Although some instructions have different process time depending on condi tions the CX Simulator calculates the cycle time with the process time on the standard conditions I O Refresh Time for Typical Basic I O Units Unit name Model I O refresh time per 1 Unit C200H Basic I O Unit C200H Group2 High density I O Unit CS CJ CP series Basic I O Unit 183 Cycle Time and Time Section 9 2 I O Refresh Time for Typical 1 O refresh time is calculated statically For Units with variable I O refresh time Special I O Units depending on the status typical values are used e g The I O refresh time for the Position Control Unit C200H NC413 is 2 2 ms C200H Special I O Unit High speed Counter Unit C200H CT001 V1 Pane C200H CT002 Position Control Unit C200H NC1 11
74. of data that can be transferred at one time by TXD 236 or RXD 235 The default setting is the maximum value of 256 bytes This setting determines the high est unit number of PT that can be connected to the PLC in NT Link mode This setting determines the time units used in scheduled interrupt interval settings YO Memory Allocation Item Instruction Error Op eration Minimum Cycle Time Fixed Enable Periph Fixed Ser eral Ser vicing Time vicing Time Fixed Ser vicing Time Power OFF Interrupt Task Power OFF Detection Delay Time 194 C Settings 0 Continue 1 Stop Default O 0001 to 7DO0 1 to 32 000 ms 1 ms units Default 0000 No minimum 0 Default 1 Bits O to 14 Default 0 001 to FAO 10 to 40 000 ms 10 ms units Default 001 1 s 0 Default 1 Bits 0 to 7 Default 0 00 to FF 0 0 to 25 5 ms 0 1 ms units Default 00 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Default 0 00 to OA O to 10 ms 1 ms units Default 00 S CJ series PLC Function This setting determines whether instruction errors instruction processing errors ER and illegal access errors AER are treated as non fatal or fatal errors When this setting is set to 1 CPU Unit operation will be stopped if the ER or AER Flags is turned ON even when the AER Flag is turned ON for an in direct DM EM BCD error Related Flags A29508 Instruc tion Processing Error Flag A29509 Indirect DM EM BCD
75. on the CX Programmer b Click the PLCs tab The following window will be displayed Options Fa Diagrams PLL Symbols Appearance Ladder Information General Default PLC details PLC type cst GGG CPU CPU 42 a I Use section marker instructions Use E rent EIE W Use comment instructions Work Online Simulator Automatically Transter Program to Simulator Cancel Apply Help c Place a checkmark by Automatically Transfer Program to Simulator and click the OK button 29 Starting and Going Online from the CX Programmer Section 3 2 2 Select Simulation Simulator Online Connection from the main menus The CX Simulator will be started automatically for the PLC model specified in the selected project and an online connect will be made unrelated to the communications settings in the current project Note If Automatically Transfer Program to Simulator was selected in the tool op tions a dialog box for transferring the program to the CX Simulator will appear and the program will be transferred to the CX Simulator when the OK button is clicked 3 2 1 Basic Window If an online connection to the CX Simulator is created from the CX Programmer the following Debug Console window will be displayed for the CX Simulator W OX Simulator Debug Console 0 ileal Title Bar bP 1 gt gt Re EIES Toolbar Title bar The title is displayed along with the current cycle count Th
76. ons for Step RU gates tn ete eesti Steen caves ae See 97 4 3 2 Break Setting aiosiestesesveeadeieswenvelicsesneeiesencbbnshienvansssienehosveskenesenasbinsheeaarnertuseieskesaeeeesionkers 97 4 3 3 Break POLI ai sieeaosa caida pbicacatatansinbaenouwoacanasatesaunnahiiassearersoroabooeisdabstalasuosecumiabseeosenteienciaatets 98 A DAA CAEL Poni LIM ocena ena ei pace nan A E AA E i 99 4 3 5 I O Break Condition SOU x cccsscessacsuicessacnsxeduacSnsoesacubacgenedueesadssdedeacdadoesacsbicgenciuceeseeys 100 4 4 Task Debugging cccccssssessssssssssesessesessssssesesssesseseeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 105 4 4 1 Execution Time and Count of Task cccccccccccccccccceesessseessssnnneeeeeeeeeeeeeesessseeesssssaaeeees 105 4 4 2 Task Execution Statis orseson a O a Ea aa i aaa 105 4 4 3 Executing Tasks Individ a ly escerai 106 4 4 4 Precautions when Debugging Task cccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 107 91 Debugging Using the CX Programmer Section 4 1 4 1 Debugging Using the CX Programmer Debugging using the CX Programmer can be performed in the same operation as the CS CJ CP series PLC because the CX Simulator implements equiva lent functions as the CS CJ CP series PLC Note For details of program debugging with CX Programmer refer to the CX Programmer Operation Manual W446 This section shows the differences with the actual CS CJ CP series PLC and notices when operating the CX S
77. or the CPU Unit of FinsGateway Thus debugging network communications is pos sible with the CPU Unit itself or the CPU Unit of FinsGateway as a tentative destination Computer Application programs eee programs es FinsGateway CPU Unit Reet a Simulator Communica tions Unit Also receiving FINS commands from an actual external PLC or a computer connected in the network to the Ladder Engine is possible Where sending by network communications instruction is not possible Computer Application programs elisealeway CPU Communica Unit tions Unit External actual network Actual PLC or com puter 126 Outline of Network Communications Section 6 1 Supported Protocols and Units The CX Simulator supports only FINS communications for network commu nications and does not support the other communications e g socket com munications of the Ethernet Unit The following virtual Network Communica tions Units can be used in the CX Simulator aa Communications Unit Controller Link Unit Ethernet Unit Simulator Communications Unit ag FINS Communications Servicing Supported E B S None Noe _ Note 1 The Simulator Communications Unit is the CX Simulator s own commu nications unit supporting only FINS communications When the Controller Link Unit or Ethernet Unit is not used this unit will be used default 2 This unit is a virtual unit for maintaining the compatibility with CS CJ CP series PLCs No
78. restart A communications instruction can not be issued to a node of other than the local network The values on the memory e g UM of the Ladder Engine are indefinite Initialize the I O memory area of the Ladder Engine following the next procedure 1 Exit the CX Simulator 2 Delete all Memory dat files in the PLC data folder where an error occurred Restart the CX Simulator and specify the relevant folder to start the Ladder Engine Other Tips for Troubleshooting Section 10 3 10 3 Other Tips for Troubleshooting 10 3 1 Connection Impossible from CX Programmer The CX Simulator is disconnected Connect to the CX Simulator Connection to the CX Simulator does not end normally Duplicate FINS address Check the FINS addresses for each unit in the Network Communications Settings and that for the communications unit of FinsGateway displayed in the Work CX Simulator window to dissolve the duplication The network LED for the system status does not change in color al though the connection to the CX Simulator ended normally In the following cases communications may be disabled e The other communications unit of FinsGateway was started after connecting the CX Simulator e Read a Parameter Area File std to the Ladder Engine e Changed the routing table by the CX Integrator In the above cases once disconnect the CX Simulator and then connect again PLC connection is impossible although the network LED f
79. settings are required for this unit Supported Network Instructions The instruction words related to serial communications that can be used in a program are shown below Support SEND RECV instruction Yes Send Receive data using FINS commands CMND instruction Yes Any FINS command Issue I O Memory Allocation The outline of I O memory allocation and the supporting status by the CX Simulator are shown below Allocation Name Support Auxiliary Area Network Communications Enabled Flag A202 Communications Port Error Flag A219 Network Communications Completion Code A203 ves to A210 127 Outline of Network Communications Section 6 1 Communications Settings of Network communications Communications Settings of When using network communications instructions in a program the Com Network Communications munications Settings can be specified for each Unit to be used The following settings are provided as the Communications Settings of network communi cations instructions None Communications instructions are not proc essed initial value Messages Display the contents of messages sent to the Display Messages window Actual commu nications to the node in the computer are not performed Local Actual communications to the node in the computer are performed send receive of FINS commands See note Note The CX Simulator does not send FINS commands to outside of the computer However FINS com
80. the Unit for mounting to the PLC Network Communica Set for the Network Communications Unit Refer to tions Setting 6 2 Network Communications Settings for details Serial Communications Set for the Serial communications Unit Refer to 5 2 Setting Serial Communications aka for details UM Setting Change the UM setting S the UM setting PLC Clock Setting Set the cycle time mode the interval for continuous run and others PLC Operation Setting Set WDT Disable DIP switches and others PLC Initializing Initialize the IO memory of the PLC Note Changing the node address of the communications unit in the Network Communications Setting will restart the Ladder Engine Restarting the Ladder Engine will clear the I O memory areas according to the PLC Setup and read the Autoexec file automatically 3 7 3 Register PLC Unit The unit selection performed in the PLC Setup wizard can be done again in the Register PLC Unit window 1 2 3 1 Selecting Register PLC Unit in the System Status Setting Settings menu will display the Register PLC Unit window Register PLC Unit Change the settings of PLO Unit used in this project Registered PLO Unit List Unit Selection List Communications Units Controller Link Unit G251W GLE11 Controller Link Unit 0057 W GLE21 Ethernet Unit O51 W ETNO1 Serial Communications Unit WS 1 ws e Virtual enc ae Unit M addr MamelType OOH CPU Unit CS1H CPUET 1
81. tile Read Wr ite Options 246 How to Use Data Trace Recording Tool Appendix 2 Confirm the FINS address network node address for the target PLC is correctly set 3 Set the sampling area Click the Edit button to add correct the sampling address Click the Edit button on the Bit Address side for the bit address and on the Word Address side for the word address The Sampling Ad dress Editing window will be displayed Sampling Address Editing Bit address Example fix length address 1000101 wigii HO0101 A0010 TOOT caah THOO01 T0001 TEOOO1 4 Click the list of Bit address and key in the address of the I O memory area to be saved 5 Click the OK button when the inputting is completed to return to the execution window 6 Set the sampling interval 7 Set the abort value 8 Seta file cdt for saving the trace data Pressing the Browse allows specifying from the File Selection dialog 9 Pressing the Option button will display the Option Settings window Option Settings E4 Add Recording Divide Recording i Save to one file Data Trace will finish at 32767 samples C Save into divided files Max 32767 samples in each file Cancel 247 How to Use Data Trace Recording Tool Appendix 10 Set options The following settings are available e Add saving Add data to the existing file e Multiple Saving Divide and save the data to multi
82. time will be the computing time e Timer Update in the unit of virtual time e Pulse Update in the unit of virtual time e Clock Update in the unit of virtual time The CX Simulator can execute two program areas the program area for ap plications UM1 and for debugging UM2 However only the execution time of instructions in UM1 is added as the virtual time and not in UM2 In the virtual cycle time based on the virtual time the time elapse on the computer does not agree with that on the Ladder Engine Also the clock will not advance in the Program mode where instructions are not executed Thus this causes a time lag with the clock on the computer Therefore set the clock from the CX Programmer as required 185 Cycle Time and Time Section 9 2 The time elapse when Step Run will be as follows One step Wait One step Wait One step Wait One step execute execute execute execute E E S E S Virtual Time Instruction execution time Process Minimum Cycle Time Enabling Minimum Cycle Time will set either the calculated value of the virtual cycle time or the specified Minimum Cycle Time whichever is greater as the virtual cycle time The calculated value of the virtual cycle time can be moni tored in the detailed mode display of the System Status Note The Minimum Cycle Time process in the virtual cycle time is not a process where the execution stands by till the cycle time reaches the specified value but where the
83. two methods for connecting the CX Simulator with application pro grams as follows e Coexist in the same com An application program using FinsGateway puter for communications e Connection via network An application program sending receiving FINS commands via Ethernet from a real time OS UNIX or another computer Note 1 Always install FinsGateway separately when connecting to applications All of the above methods assume the connection by polling from an application program An application program sends a FINS command and the Ladder Engine returns a FINS response Connection via net work is not available for slave initiation from the Ladder Engine Communications using SEND from a sequence program to an applica tion program 7 2 2 Coexist in the Same Computer The following shows a connection method where the CX Simulator the CX Programmer and an application program coexist in the same computer Computer FinsGateway CX Programmer Application Virtual Communications Unit Simulator Communi cations Unit 1 2 3 1 Start the CX Simulator and select a PLC data folder required in debugging an application program to display the windows of CX Simulator Debug Console System Status and Work CX Simulator 2 Click the Connect button in the Work CX Simulator window 3 Register the FINS address displayed in the Guide to Connect window to the FINS communications address settings 141 Connection w
84. up to 32 762 sets of data When more data or long term trace data is required it can be saved in multiple Data Trace Files by using the Data Trace Recording Tool attached to the CX Simulator Note Refer to Appendix How to Use Data Trace Recording Tool for how to use the Data Trace Recording Tool 156 Generating Virtual External Inputs Section 8 3 8 3 3 Data Replay File CSV format text file The CSV format text file Data Replay File csv created by a commercial spreadsheet software can be replayed on the Ladder Engine using the Data Replay Tool Besides the execution result of the Ladder Engine can be saved in the Data Replay file as the values of I O memory areas Note Refer to 8 4 Running by Virtual External Inputs for Replay with Data Replay Tool File Format of Data Replay File A Data Replay File is an indefinite length CSV format text file containing a parameter line 1st line and data lines 2nd line and after Creator s ID Data category I O address 1 I O address 2 I O address n lt CR gt lt LF gt Date and time Cycle counter Value 1 Value 2 Value n lt CR gt lt LF gt i ea lc characters Tae eee ee usually a program name to be saved iin eal ea 167 data max Aa YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Date and time of computer possible to omit ne ee Cycle counter Value when send receive Value Indefinite length The memory value of the specified I O memory address decimal data or hexade
85. when an illegal access error has occurred and the PLC Setup has been set to stop operation an illegal access error This error occurs when a region of memory is access illegally CPU Unit operation will stop and the ERR ALM indicator will light when this flag goes ON The following operations are considered illegal access 1 Reading writing the system area 2 Reading writing EM File Mem ory 3 Writing to a write protected area 4 Indirect DM EM BCD error in BCD mode The task number where the error occurred will be stored in A294 and the program address will be stored in A298 and A299 Section 9 3 CX Simulator Settings Function Settings 1 Illegal Same as access CS CJ series occurred PLC 0 Normal condition 201 VO Memory Allocation Address Name Words Bits A295 A29511 A29512 Task Error A29513 _ Differentia tion Over flow Error Flag A29514 Illegal In struction Error Flag A29515 UM Over flow Error Flag A298 All Program Address Where Program Stopped Rightmost 4 digits 202 CS CJ series PLC Function Settings Section 9 3 CX Simulator Function ON when there isn t an END 001 1 No END Same as instruction in each program within a task CPU Unit operation will stop and the ERR ALM indicator will light when this flag goes ON The task number where the error occurred will be stored in A294 and the program address will be stored in A298 and A299 ON whe
86. 2 2 MS C200H NC112 4 0 ms when read C200H NC413 4 3 ms 5 5 ms when read write PLC Link Unit C200H LK401 CS CJ series Special I O Unit Analog I O Unit CS1W MAD44 Calculating Cycle Time An example of calculating the cycle time when only Basic I O Units are mounted Condition Item Contents Contents S O CPU Rack for 8 slots CS CJ series Expansion Rack for 8 slots x 1Unit 96 point Output Unit User program Peripheral servicing with other Units Special I O Unit CPU Bus Unit Inner Board and file access Calculation example Process name Calculation example Processing time Overseeing processing Computing process 0 04 us x 2500 0 17 us x 2500 0 53 ms The actual computing time var ies depending on execute non execute 3 Calculating for Mini Minimum Cycle Time disabled 0 ms mum Cycle Time ini m I O refresh 0 02 ms x 8 0 02 ms x 8 5 Peripheral servicing ms Cycle time 1 2 3 4 5 184 Cycle Time and Time Section 9 2 Time Elapse in Virtual Cycle In virtual cycle time the standard processing time virtual time for the in Time struction is added each time one instruction of the program is executed One step One step One step One step execute execute execute execute D a a Virtual time Instruction execution time Process The virtual time will be the base for the following time related functions e Virtual Cycle Time The accumulated virtual
87. 2700 to abled PLC AS52707 have been set to 5A A528 RS 232C These flags indicate what kind of See Func Not used Port Error error has occurred at the tion Flags RS 232C port they are auto column matically turned OFF when the RS 232C port is restarted These flags are not valid in pe ripheral bus mode and only bit 5 is valid in NT Link mode Bits 0 and 1 Not used Bit 2 ON when there was a parity error Bit 3 ON when there was a framing error Bit 4 ON when there was an overrun error Bit 5 ON when there was a timeout error Bits 6 and 7 Not used AS52808 Peripheral These flags indicate what kind of Not used to Port Error error has occurred at the periph A52815 Code eral port A598 AS59800 FPD Turn this bit ON to set the moni 1 Teach toring time automatically with the monitoring CS CJ series teaching function time While AS59800 is ON FPD 269 0 Teaching measures how long it takes for function off the diagnostic output to go ON after the execution condition goes ON If the measured time ex ceeds the monitoring time the measured time is multiplied by 1 5 and that value is stored as the new monitoring time The teaching function can be used only when a word address has been specified for the moni toring time operand 224 VO Memory Allocation Address Name Words Bits Macro Area A600 to A603 A604 to Macro Area A607 Output Words A608 A60800 Inner Board Restart Bi
88. 63 5 9 Debus Console W INdOW vas cxxs ocsaceaaestonersteastatineernie nineteen aes 66 52021 Debu Console WAN OW eroris vaca iret ase naan Reads oem ecient area 66 3 9 2 Menu List of CX Simulator Debug Console ccc cccccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 68 3 9 3 Outline of Basic Operation for Debug Console Menu ccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 69 aA WING INV MGT Aoi tse hector hota T R deasad ssgntnrcton E 70 329 5 Te play MEn menaa ee ee LRA 74 IGA Webs 0 kid ott reer ana eee eeeeneeni sn emer renee ere vee a eee en enna ee ee ree 83 397 Step RUN Window edosdae esd eth a case aa ede ede ee alk 84 329 8 Task C Ontrol Wy IO Ws ie Pavaseesettetinaeiedvauniauteesuudvddleduausvaawaremvaderabiedraravell 86 3 9 9 I O Break Condition Settings WIndOW ccccccccccccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 87 27 Starting Methods for the CX Simulator Section 3 1 3 1 Starting Methods for the CX Simulator There are two different methods that can be used to start the CX Simulator Method 1 Starting and Going Online from the CX Programmer Select Simulator Online Connection from the Simulation menu Method 2 Starting from the CX Simulator Menus The CX Simulator can be started separately from the CX Simulator menus Settings are made using the PLC Setup Wizard operations are performed on the Simulator Connections Window and an online connection is made from the CX Programmer Note Me
89. 9 4 Other Functions 9 4 1 Differences in CX Programmer Operation I O Table The Ladder Engine unlike actual PLCs does not use the I O tables Thus the operation related to I O tables in the CX Programmer can not be used If I O tables are downloaded from the CX Programmer the tables will be set to the Ladder Engine However the set values are not referenced by the Ladder Engine So the Units required must be registered in the Register PLC Unit window of the Debugger 9 4 2 Other Precautions File Memory In CS CJ series PLCs the Memory Card and the specified range of the EM area can be used to store files In the Ladder Engine however files are stored in the hard disk of the computer The directory allocated to the hard disk as the EM file memory is limited by the capacity set in the PLC setup and the one as the Memory Card is not actually limited by the hard disk space In CS CJ series PLCs the total length of the directory including subdirecto ries is limited to 65 characters In the Ladder Engine the length of the whole directory from the directory the Card of the PLC data directory or the EM di rectory allocated to the file system must be up to 65 characters Registering Alarm Display Applications Alarm Display is given by the applications log of the event viewer in Windows NT and the system standard Notepad exe in Windows95 98 For Windows 95 and 98 an application for Alarm Display can be registered and used As su
90. Address Name Words Bits Function A343 A34300 Memory Indicates the type of Memory Card if any installed ON when a format error occurs in memory The flag is turned OFF when formatting is completed nor mally A34306 A34307 Memory Card For mat Error A34308 A34309 File Write Error Flag A34310 File Read Error A34311 File Missing Flag A34313 File Mem ory Instruc tion Flag A34314 Accessing File Data Flag formatted or a formatting error has occurred The flag is turned OFF when formatting is com pleted normally ON when an error occurred while writing data to file memory The flag is turned OFF when PLC operation begins or data is written successfully ON when data cannot be written to file memory because it is write protected or the data ex ceeds the capacity of the file memory The flag is turned OFF when PLC operation begins or data is written successfully ON when data could not be read from file memory because the file was corrupted The flag is turned OFF when PLC operation begins or data is read successfully ON when the file memory doesn t exist or the source file doesn t exist The flag is turned OFF when PLC operation begins or data is read successfully ON when a file memory instruc tion is being executed ON while file data is being ac cessed the first EM bank allocated for file ON when the Memory Card is not CX Simulator Function Settings
91. C and to replay the data along with the program using the CX Simulator allowing confirming the operations Note Refer to 8 4 Running by Virtual External Inputs for replay with Data Replay Tool Note The CX Server is required to use the Multipoint Data Collection Tool Therefore be sure to install the CX Programmer Ver 1 20 or after on the same computer Note The Multipoint Data Collection Tool fails to acquire data of operations shorter than a few tens of milliseconds Also replaying actually acquired data on the PLC may cause time lags because the tool does not acquire data in syn chronization with the PLC s cycle time Setting for Multipoint Data Collection In order to acquire and save multipoint data from an actual PLC after clicking the Start button on the task bar select Program Omron CX Simulator Multipoint Data Collection Tool 159 Generating Virtual External Inputs 160 12 3 Ve Section 8 3 Select Program Omron CX Simulator Multipoint Data Collection Tool to display the Multipoint Data Collection Tool dialog box fs H CPUG5 Toolbus 9600bps Multipoint Data Co FL ES File Tool Help Sampling Settings Mew Edit Delete Interval x10 ms 20 Acquire data as every cycle data samplin data file E itempibata csy Time Messages Address List New Edit Delete Sampling Interval Acquire data as every cycle data Sampling data file Brow
92. Compile Tab Page in the Output Window PL Set An attempt was to download a Check the settings in the PLC AN Unable to transfer the settings since they include setting items A a e EAE a T EE PLC Setup containing settings Setup or change to a CPU FINS Protection Settings for FINS write protection via network supported only by later unit ver Unit with a later unit version sions or a CPU Unit to a previous unit version 2222 is displayed in a program transferred from the An attempt was made to upload a New instructions cannot be PLC to the CX Programmer program containing instructions uploaded to lower versions of supported only by higher ver CX Programmer Use a higher sions of CX Programmer to a version of CX Programmer lower version XxVI xxvii TABLE OF CONTENTS E Mien SUA UWGIC WCC sky cca sted settee dees aetenayaatd cease tua asideaastuaseaahaahl ea sana tuted esestuasuashaded timated achat aes xli 2 General PrecauloOn Sne nienia a E E nE E aes tsetaek xli 3 Paley PreCauliOns eea E O EA E EE E A A E E xli 4 Popplicatiom Pre cauliOns nsare te en E E E E Sea ac Ae a xlii SECTION 1 ll Wiat I the C Stat ueniar a Snape ee ce A 2 KEPA DE EEI a Sc EEEN E P A TENE N as SE A E AE AE E A N AE E E FEOEO E AA 9 le y Ge ah esol ke a1 ON FUNCHONS smien a R ee E mene eee eNotes 13 1 4 Applicable PilsC models and Omi Ulett acs cisseasea te aietaeliecaidougsipeateasveient elie alone ates a a 14 125 Operation Li
93. Cycle In calculating the computer cycle time the followings are different from that of Time the CS CJ CP series CPU Unit Process name Process Contents Processing time and Fluctuation factors P eanan e Back up the Pe memory areas Time E I O memory areas back up essing Computing Process Process instructions iaalay aa the user program in acelin of the instruction execution UM1 and UM2 Sum of the execution time time for UM1 and UM2 of instructions 3 Minimum Cycle Time Calculate the cycle time Approximate to 0 for the time when Calculation Enabling Minimum Cycle Time in PLC Minimum Cycle Time is not set Setup will wait for the cycle time to com The additional time for Minimum plete with WDT resetting Cycle Time The cycle time specified as Minimum Cycle Time The computer cycle time 1 2 4 5 0 ms 5 Peripheral Servicing An event service with the CS CJ series All of the services that occurred in Special I O Unit targeting the Network the cycle are executed regardless Communications Unit and the Serial of the setting of Fixed Peripheral Communications Unit Servicing Time of PLC Setup Note I O refresh is not included Computer cycle time 1 2 3 5 Note The computer cycle time may greatly fluctuate depending on the execution environment such as file access and memory swapping Time Elapse in Computer The time elapse when Continuous Run in the computer cycle time is the same Cycle Time as
94. Data Areas Work Area WR Work Area W000 to W511 Same as shown at left pies Area HR Auxiliary Relay Auxiliary Area A 000 to A 959 Same as shown at left Area AR For CJ2 series PLCs A 000 to A 1471 and Refer to 9 3 I O Memory Alloca A 10000 to A 11535 tion for details DM Area DM Area Same as shown at left D00000 to D32767 D20000 to D29599 are used by Special I O Units D30000 to D31599 are used by CPU Bus Units and D32000 to D32099 are used by Inner Boards The Error Log is stored in A100 to A199 and the PLC Setup is stored in the Parameter Area not a part of I O Memory EM Area CS CJ series CPU Units Same as shown at left EM Area E00000 to E32767 13 banks max CJ2H CPU Units EM Area E00000 to E32767 25 banks max CJ2M CPU Units EM Area E00000 to E32767 4 banks max The EM Area in the CS CJ series CPU Unit can be accessed directly by most instructions There is no EM Area in the CP series CPU Unit Regular instructions can access data in the current bank or any other bank Part of the EM Area can be converted for use as a file memory T0000 to T4095 Same as shown at left Counter Area C0000 to C4095 Same as shown at left Timer and counter numbers are independent Comparison of the CX Simulator and SYSMAC CS CJ series PLCs Section 1 6 Task Flag Area _ CS CJ series CPU Units TKO to TK31 mw bee een nae Data Areas Arithmetic Flags Condition Flags Same as shown at left such as RE a
95. Device CX Programmer CJ2H CPU6L1 EIP Functions for unit x Unit version 1 0 version 1 0 CJ2H CPU6L EIP Functions added for x Unit version 1 1 unit version 1 1 CJ2H CPU6U Functions added for x Unit version 1 1 unit version 1 1 CJ2H CPU6L Functions added for x Unit version 1 2 unit version 1 2 CJ2H CPU6LI EIP Functions added for x Unit version 1 3 unit version 1 3 CJ2H CPU6L Functions added for x Unit version 1 3 unit version 1 3 CJ2M CPU6LIL Functions for unit x Unit version 1 0 version 1 0 x Cannot be used A Can be used except for new functions added for unit versions O Can be used Note 1 It is not necessary to upgrade the version of the CX Programmer if functionality that was enhanced for the upgrade of the CPU Unit will not be used CJ2H CPU6L EIP Functions added for x Unit version 1 2 unit version 1 2 2 CX Programmer version 8 1 or higher is required to use the functions added for unit ver sion 1 1 The high speed interrupt function and changing the minimum cycle time setting in MONITOR mode however are also supported by CX Programmer version 8 02 3 A Programming Console cannot be used with a CJ2H CPU Unit Unit Versions and Programming Devices for CPU Units Other Than CJ2 CPU Units CPU Unit Required Programming Device CX Programmer 3 3 Ver 4 0 Ver 5 0 Ver 7 0 Ver 7 2 Ver 8 0 Ver 6 0 or later CS CJ Series CPU Functions added for unit Units Unit Ver 4 0 version 4 0 Ge note CS CJ Series CPU
96. Error Flag A29510 Illegal Access Error Flag Set to 0001 to 7D00 to specify a minimum cycle time If the cycle time is less than this setting it will be extended until this time passes Leave this setting at 0000 for a variable cycle time Set to 1 to enable the Watch Cycle Time Setting in bits O to 14 Leave this setting at 0 fora maximum cycle time of 1 s This setting is valid only when bit 15 of 209 is set to 1 The Cycle Time Too Long Flag A40108 will be turned ON if the cycle time exceeds this setting Set to 1 to enable the fixed pe ripheral servicing time in bits O to re Default 4 of the cycle time This setting is valid only when bit 15 of 218 is set to 1 When this setting is set to 1 the power OFF interrupt task will be executed when power is inter rupted This setting determines how much of a delay there will be from the detection of a power interrup tion approximately 10 to 25 ms after the power supply voltage drops below 85 of the rated value to the confirmation of a power interruption The de fault setting is 0 ms Section 9 3 CX Simulator Settings Function CS CJ series PLC CS CJ series CS CJ series CS CJ series Not used CS CJ series 7 YO Memory Allocation Item Refreshing Units 0 to 95 Section 9 3 CS CJ series PLC CX Simulator Settings Function Settings Function Special I O Unit Cyclic 0 Enabled These settings determine 1 Disabled whether data
97. FH Virtual Communications Unit Estimated IQ refresh interval O 0000 ms Cancel 54 System Status Setting Window Section 3 7 Note Note 3 7 4 UM Settings Refer to 3 5 Creating a New PLC for the operation in the Register PLC Unit window 2 Click the OK button when the unit registration is completed Changing the Unit configuration will display the Restart message of the Ladder Engine CX Simulator Debugger EA 2 Can oimulator Ladder Engine will be restarted after completing settings Are you sure 7 Cancel 3 Click the OK button to restart Clicking the Cancel button will return to the Register PLC Unit window Restarting the Ladder Engine will clear the I O memory areas according to the PLC Setup and read the Autoexec file automatically The UM Settings window allows to set for the UM to store a ladder diagram Unlike an actual PLC the CX Simulator has two program areas 1 the pro gram area for applications UM1 where the ladder diagram to be simulated is stored and 2 the one for debugging UM2 where the ladder diagram gen erating virtual external outputs 55 System Status Setting Window Section 3 7 1 2 3 1 Selecting UM Settings in the System Status Setting Settings menu will display the UM Settings window UM Settings E4 UM Aecess Enable C Debugger program arealUM2 UM Execution Enable J Application program arealUM13 J Debugger
98. I O Condition Setting window Exit I O Condition Display Help Contents for Windows Display Help Index for Windows Display the version information 75 Debug Console Window Section 3 9 Configuration Window In the Configuration window the IO Condition Equation is set The IO Condi tion Equation consists of the logical equation the conditional equation com bining I O memory conditions to be monitored the delay time from when the conditional equation holds till when the output equation is executed and the settings to the I O memory to be executed after the delay time elapses Id Condition Configuration File Edit Help Delayims Output M 0 0 Oh 0 0 1 0N 1 hy Logical Expression Bit Condition Registered Condition Condition DEL oF and 0 0 1 0 Type Address Operator value Word Condition Delay time ims Output DEL and DI OO0 4 9999 Type Address Operator value O E 1000 9999 List of IO Condition Equation e Run Flag Display whether or not to execute IO Condition D o N on E rror When registering the equation N is set as the initial value If the contents of the condi tional equation and output equation can not be ana lyzed E rror will occur Double clicking with the line selected will switch between D and N e Condition Display the logical equation combining I O memory conditions to be monitored e Delay Display
99. LC Same as CS CJ series PLC Same as CS CJ series PLC Same as CS CJ series PLC Settings VO Memory Allocation Address Name Words Bits A30200 Program Address Where Program Stopped Leftmost 4 digits Current EM Bank CS CJ seri es CPU Bus Unit Initializing Flags CS CJ series PLC Function A294 contains the task number of the task where program exe cution was stopped When an error occurs the Error Log Pointer is incremented by 1 to indicate the location where the next error record will be recorded as an offset from the beginning of the Error Log Area A100 to A199 The Error Log Pointer can be cleared to 00 by turning A50014 the Error Log Reset Bit from OFF to ON When the Error Log Pointer has reached 14 20 decimal the next record is stored in A195 to A199 when the next error occurs This word contains the current EM bank number in 4 digit hexadecimal The current bank number can be changed with the EMBC 281 instruction These flags are ON while the corresponding CS CJ series CPU Bus Unit is initializing after its CS CJ series CPU Bus Unit Restart Bit A50100 to A501 15 is turned from OFF to ON or the power is turned ON Bits 00 to 15 correspond to unit numbers 0 to 15 Section 9 3 CX Simulator Settings Function Settings Left 4 digits Same as CS CJ series 00 to 14 hexadeci mal CS CJ series 0000 to 000C hexadeci mal CS CJ series 0 Not ini
100. Minimum Cycle Time is set Major Error Factors in the Virtual Cycle Time and Actual CS CJ CP series CPU Unit s Cycle Time Computing Time Using such a lot of instructions that greatly varies in instruction processing time depending on their pa rameters e g Data Movement instructions influences the computing time For example a maximum of 322 35 311 15 us 1 word vs 1000 words error will occur for one Block Transfer instruction execution I O Refresh Time For the Special I O Unit CPU Bus Unit or Inner Board using such a Unit that varies in I O refresh time de pending on the Unit s status or settings changes I O refresh time For example I O refresh time will be 4 3 ms when the Position Control Unit C200HW NC413 is mounted and 5 5 ms when read ing writing making an error of 1 2 ms Peripheral Servicing time When Fixed Peripheral Servicing Time is disabled 4 of the immediately previous cycle time is serviced for each event service When the immediately previous cycle time is 10 ms an error of 10 ms x 0 04 x 6 event services 2 4 ms will occur if the longest time is ser viced for all of the event services Computer Cycle Time The computer cycle time is the actual elapsed time of the Ladder Engine executed on the computer which is the execution time depending on the computer s performance It is different from the cycle time where an actual PLC operates 186 Cycle Time and Time Section 9 2 Calculating Computer
101. Mode mode RS 232C 0 Default This setting is effective only when Not used Port Set 1 PLC Setup pin 5 of the DIP switch on the tings Selec front of the CPU Unit is OFF tion Default 0 The default settings are host link mode 1 start bit 7 data bits even parity 2 stop bits and a baud rate of 9 600 bps Communi 00 Host link This setting determines whether Same as cations 02 NT link the RS 232C port will operate in CS CJ series mode 1 N mode host link mode or another serial PLC set the 03 No protocol communications mode Host link RS 232C 04 Peripheral can be specified with 00 or Send Ready bus 05 The Peripheral bus mode is Flag A39205 05 Host link for communications with Pro turns ON gramming Devices other than the Default 0 Programming Console Data bits 0 7 bits These settings are valid only Same as 1 8 bits when the communications mode _ CS CJ series is set to host link or no protocol PLC Default O These settings are also valid only 0 2 bits when the RS 232C Port Settings Same as 1 1 bit Selection is set to 1 PLC Setup CS CJ series PLC When No protocol is Default O 00 Even Same as 01 Odd CS CJ series 10 None PLC Default 00 192 YO Memory Allocation C Settings 9 600 300 600 1 200 2 400 4 800 9 600 19 200 38 400 09 57 600 OA 115 200 Item RS 232C Baud rate Default 00 0000 to 270F 0 to 99990 ms 10 ms units
102. No protocol mode delay Default 0 CPU Units 00 to 1F 0 to 31 Unit Num ber in Host Link Mode No protocol Mode Default 00 00 to FF Default 00 00 to FF Default 00 0 None 1 Code in 164 Default 0 0 None 1 Code in 164 2 CR LF Default 0 00 256 bytes 01 to FF 1 to 255 bytes Default 00 Max Unit Number in NT Link Mode Scheduled Interrupt Time Units 0 to 7 Default O 0 10 ms 1 1 0 ms Default O Section 9 3 S CJ series PLC Function Settings 00 and 06 through 0A are valid when the communica tions mode is set to peripheral bus This setting is not valid when the communications mode is set to NT Link CX Simulator Settings Function CS CJ series PLC This setting determines the delay Same as from execution of TXD 236 until CS CJ series the data is actually transmitted PLC from the specified port This setting determines the CPU Same as Unit s unit number when it is CS CJ series connected in a 1 to N N 2 to 32 PLC host link Start code Set this start code only when the start code is en abled 1 in bits 12 to 15 of 165 Same as CS CJ series PLC nd code Set this end code only Same as when the end code is enabled 1 CS CJ series in bits 8 to 11 of 165 l Start code setting A setting of 1 enables the start code in 164 bits 8 to 15 CS CJ series End code setting CS CJ series This setting can be used to change the amount
103. O ADDRESS THE RISKS AND THAT THE OMRON S PRODUCT IS PROP ERLY RATED AND INSTALLED FOR THE INTENDED USE WITHIN THE OVERALL EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM Programmable Products Omron Companies shall not be responsible for the user s programming of a programmable Product or any consequence thereof Performance Data Data presented in Omron Company websites catalogs and other materials is provided as a guide for the user in determining suitabil ity and does not constitute a warranty It may represent the result of Omron s test conditions and the user must correlate it to actual application require ments Actual performance is subject to the Omron s Warranty and Limitations of Liability Change in Specifications Product specifications and accessories may be changed at any time based on improvements and other reasons It is our prac tice to change part numbers when published ratings or features are changed or when significant construction changes are made However some specifica tions of the Product may be changed without any notice When in doubt spe cial part numbers may be assigned to fix or establish key specifications for your application Please consult with your Omron s representative at any time to confirm actual specifications of purchased Product Errors and Omissions Information presented by Omron Companies has been checked and is believed to be accurate however no responsibility is assumed for clerical typographical or pr
104. Outline detail status Alarms Display se ied PUNON Detail gt gt PLC Model Display the PLC CPU model currently set Status Display LED Display operation status of the Ladder Engine Cycle time Display Display the cycle time mode of the Ladder Engine Estimated Simulated cycle time and the up to date cycle time Unit ms Operation Mode Display the operation mode RUN MONITOR or PROGRAM of the Ladder Engine Display the UM area able to be accessed by the Ladder Engine and the object name Display the setting menu button Display the Message Display window butto Alarm Display button Start the Alarm Display application Outline Detail Status Switch the display mode of the System Status Setting Display button window Outline or Detail 5I System Status Setting Window Section 3 7 Status Display LED Display Status Condition CS CJ CP series PLC CxX Simulator LED RUN Green Green Executing programs in RUN MONITOR mode COMM t Not lit White Error stop in the PROGRAM mode ERR ARM Lit Red Fatal error Non fatal error Ladder Blink Red Engine error Lit Blink Green Mode error in system downloading Not used it Not lit White nn Blink Yellow Comm Port sending receiving not used Not lit Other than the above NETWORK Green Starting Communications Unit white Other than the above Setting Menu 52 Pressing the Settings Menu button displays the setting menu
105. R OR ANY THIRD PARTY 3 OMRON SHALL ASSUME NO LIABILITY FOR SOFTWARE DEVELOPED BY THE USER OR ANY THIRD PARTY BASED ON THE SOFTWARE OR ANY CONSEQUENCE THEREOF XXXV Application Considerations SUITABILITY FOR USE THE USER SHALL NOT USE THE SOFTWARE FOR A PURPOSE THAT IS NOT DESCRIBED IN THE ATTACHED USER MANUAL XXXV Disclaimers CHANGE IN SPECIFICATIONS The software specifications and accessories may be changed at any time based on improvements or for other reasons EXTENT OF SERVICE The license fee of the Software does not include service costs such as dispatching technical staff ERRORS AND OMISSIONS The information in this manual has been carefully checked and is believed to be accurate however no responsi bility is assumed for clerical typographical or proofreading errors or omissions xxxvii Notation This manual describes operation items as follows Notation Examples J indicates a menu name key dialog box name or button name However in some cases where itis obviously a menu name is not attached Example File menu Tab key Search dialog box OK button indicates the hierarchy for a menu or display Example e Select File Create indicates select Create from the File menu e Select PLC Operation Mode Monitor indicates select Operation Mode from the PLC menu and then select Monitor e Select System Status Settings UM S
106. RIGGER NCDTR 219 New special instruc SIGNED AREA RANGE COMPARE Supported tions ZCPS 117 DOUBLE SIGNED AREA RANGE Supported COMPARE ZCPSL 118 CX Programmer version 8 3 or higher must be used to enable using the func tions added for unit version 1 2 a T CJ2H CPU6L Unit version Unit version 1 2 ied ee EM Area force setting resetting Supported Unit Version 1 2 or Later Unit Version 1 1 or Later CX Programmer version 8 1 or higher must be used to enable using the func tions added for unit version 1 1 C CPU CJ2H CPU6L Unit version Unit version 1 1 Unit version 1 0 ee een Rr tnteene Not supported High speed interrupt function Supported Decreased overhead time for interrupt tasks Minimum interval setting of 0 1 ms for Scheduled Interrupt Task Changing the minimum cycle time setting in Supported Not supported MONITOR mode Synchronous unit operation Supported Not supported XXI Unit Version 1 0 All functions that are supported by unit version 4 0 or later of the CU1 CPU Units are supported by unit version 1 0 of the CU2 CPU Units CX Programmer version 8 0 or higher must be used to enable using unit ver sion 1 0 of the CJ2 CPU Units Functions Supported by Unit Version for CJ2M CPU Units Functions Added for Unit Version 1 0 The functions supported by unit versions 1 0 to 1 3 of the CU2H CPU Units are supported except for the following functions from unit version 1 1 e H
107. Replay Settings Files Replay file C2 Program Files O mron lt S 1 mulator Log ex 1 tle Browse Output file C2 Program Files O mron Data Mew PL csw Browse Output template l Browse FINS Address M Synchronize replay Network address Output to Log file Mode address Machine address Cancel 2 Specify the Data Replay File The Browse button can be used too The Command log file flg Data Trace File cdt and Data Replay File csv can be specified 3 Specify the output file as required Only the Data Replay File csv can be specified as the output file If an existing file is specified new data will be appended to the end of the file 4 When using a new output file set a template file Only the Data Replay File csv can be specified as the template file 5 Pressing the OK button will start the Data Replay Tool to display its Execution window Data Regeneration Tool CS1H CPU6 Simulator Replay data E Program Files 0 MRON C3 Simulator LOGY F insLoge tle Output data CH Program Files 0 MRO NEC Simulator LOG Gsv Outa cov Template O Program FilestOMRONMSC XS i mulator loGtCsy mp csy A 100 Data 0 15 Cyole counter 56 Exit Command Log replay Operating Continuous Run Target 1 1 0 Synchronous 6 Completing the input data replay will exit the Data Replay Tool auto matically 169 Running by Virtual External Inputs
108. S ad 0 1 31 a Virtual Communications Unit C2 Simulator mron Edit lt Back Cancel 41 Creating a New PLC Section 3 5 6 Select the network communications unit requiring setting and press the Edit button to display the Register Network Communications window Register Network Communications Machine address Hex Communications Local FINS address Network address Mode address Machine address Cancel 7 Set the node address and communications operation settings as required Note The detail settings of local FINS address and communications settings are explained in 6 Debugging Network Communications 8 Click the OK button Exit the Register Network Communications window and return to the Network communications settings window 9 Repeat the operation from 6 to 8 as required for each unit After completing all settings click the Next N gt button to display the Serial Communica tions Settings window For Serial comm Settings set for the Serial communications for each Serial port of the unit e Serial Communications Settings PLC Setup Wizard Serial Communications Settings Set up Serial Communications Port Machine address Comms Settings OOH g2 CA Simulator Omron Edit lt Back Cancel 42 Creating a New PLC Section 3 5 10 Select the serial port requiring setting and press Edit button to display the Serial Port Settings
109. SYSMAC CX Simulator Ver 1 9 CXONE ALL _IC V4 ALC1_ID V4 OPERATION MANUAL SYSMAC CX Simulator Ver 1 9 CXONE AL IL C V4 AL D V4 Operation Manual Revised February 2010 Notice OMRON products are manufactured for use according to proper procedures by a qualified operator and only for the purposes described in this manual The following conventions are used to indicate and classify precautions in this manual Always heed the information provided with them Failure to heed precautions can result in injury to people or damage to property DANGER Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which if not avoided will result in death or serious injury Additionally there may be severe property damage WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided could result in death or serious injury Additionally there may be severe property damage Caution Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided may result in minor or moderate injury or property damage OMRON Product References All OMRON products are capitalized in this manual The word Unit is also capitalized when it refers to an OMRON product regardless of whether or not it appears in the proper name of the product The abbreviation Ch which appears in some displays and on some OMRON products often means word and is abbreviated Wd in documentation in this sense In this manual PLC is used as the ab
110. Section 8 4 Pausing the Data Replay Tool Clicking the Pause button in the Run window will pause the data replay Also the following conditions of the Ladder Engine will pause the replay Conditions of the Ladder Engine Synchronous Asynchronous Howtoclear to clear Program Run mode Synchronous Asynchronous Scan Run for Synchronous and Continuous Run Monitor mode for Asynchronous Getting monitor data the Data Replay Tool Break on Break Points IScanRun sis Break on I O Break Synchronous Scan Run Condition Note Keep the Ladder Engine in Scan Run Status while synchronizing the Data Replay Tool If Continuous Run Monitor Mode or Continuous Scan Run is used synchronism in the unit of a scan will be lost When the program has been interrupted on a break point etc resume it with Scan Run Note While executing asynchronously the data will be replayed even while the Ladder Engine is not executing a ladder program using The Data Replay Tool can save only the monitor data of the specified I O memory areas to the output file regardless of the Replay File When outputting only the monitor data specify only an output file and the template file as required not the Replay File 8 4 3 Replay Using the I O Condition Tool 170 The I O Condition Tool specifies the execution file of the I O Condition ex pressions specified in the Settings window in advance and monitors the changes of the I O memory areas set by the conditi
111. Tool is a CSV format text file thus enabling to check with graphing by reading it to spreadsheet software such as MS Excel The following shows an example of the Data Replay file being read to MS Excel and graphed amA zle Ci DataRegenerator OUT 10100 10101 mooo DOCI Fa 1999 08 10 104000 o000 rule 0000 oon 0000 0000 0000 EEE ooo p gi 1 2 d 4 oF 6 i B k mi ea Path ha mi mi m D hi oO sal F E Note Refer to the online help etc for how to read a CSV file to MS Excel and to graph it 175 Checking the Result Section 8 5 176 SECTION 9 CPU Unit Operation Pel Gil OCT AON nea a A eae tees wetaseeaueeec tau taste tee wate eae ek 178 Dees Gremer al Le MOW E A A E E E E A E E A E 178 9 122 Stara initial P rOCES Sin aa a a a a es aA 179 9 3 Oversee ma POC CSS 1 uenn nia a as E ad ee EE E E A N 180 JTP OMmpUlitie PLOCESS eeue a N Ina R E I E O 180 9 1 5 Details of I O Refresh and Peripheral Servicing cccccccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 181 92C yele Time and Pani 34555553 acd iss a a a a d a 182 ied C yee TME e E T T E A AEE 182 9 2 2 Maximum CPU Occupancy and Execution Time cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 188 9 2 3 Differences with CS Cl C Po Serie S aeir ia r a a 189 93 VO Memory Alloc omsien aaa a a 190 os rod Me PEC Sep Se MNES eap a Oe E A E Reeth E one N 190 9 3 2 Auxiliary Area Read only Area nnnnnnneeeeeeseesssee
112. X About this Manual This manual describes operating procedures of the CX Simulator for SYSMAC CS CJ CP NSJ series Programmable Controllers PLCs Please read this manual and all related manuals listed in the following table and be sure you understand the information provided before attempting to operate the CX Simulator SS S a S S CXONE ALLILIC V4 ALLILID V4 W366 To learn how to operate Describes the operation of the CX Simulator CX Simulator Operation Manual this manual CX Simulator for Windows personal computers To use simulation functions Use this together with the CX Programmer Operation Manual W446 CJ Series CJ2 CPU Unit Hardware Users Manual W472 CJ Series CJ2 CPU Unit Software User s Manual W473 CS Series and CJ Series Operation Manuals CS Series W339 CJ Series W393 and CS CJ NSJ Series Instructions Reference Manual W474 CXONE ALL JLIC V4 AL W463 To install software from Provides an outline of the CX One FA integration software CX One Setup Manual CX One package and describes the method for installing CX One CXONE ALLILIC V4 AL W446 To learn how to operate Describes the operation of the CX Programmer CX Programmer Ver 9 CX Programmer for Win Operation Manual dows personal computers on the CX Programmer with CX Programmer Ver 6 1 or higher For programming use this togeth
113. X Simulator and select a PLC data folder needed for debugging application programs The windows for Work CX Simulator CX Simulator Debug Console and System Status Setting are displayed 2 Press the Connect button in the Work CX Simulator window The FINS Address to be set to the CX Programmer will be displayed in the Guide to Connect Work Ga Simulator Virtual Commications Unit Controller Link FINS address of Wirtual Comms Coie Metwork address Mode address Machine address Soh e tts Close Guide to Connect Press the Connect button and CX Simulator will be able to work with other applications FINS address to be gt ted Specify ihe target PLO settings of the application sotie set to the e CX Programmer Network address Mode address 10 at address When you with to connect to actual PLO then press the Disconnect button J Target FINS address gt Running virtual Communications Unit 63 Connecting to the CX Programmer Version 2 1 or Lower Section 3 8 3 Register the FINS address displayed in the Guide to Connect to the CX Programmer Double click the PLC name in the Project Tree of the CX Programmer to display the Change PLC window Change PLC Ed Device Mame Mew FLC Device Type CS1H settings Network Type Controller Link settings Comment Cancel Help 4 Ch
114. a Trace file or Data Replay file and set the data to the Ladder Engine in sequence Furthermore the changes caused by setting of the data can be saved to an output file as monitor data Running by Virtual External Inputs Command log Ladder Engine Command log file flg Section 8 4 Commercial spreadsheet etc Data Trace file Data Replay cdt file csv Replay file Data Replay Tool FINS command E Ladder Engine Data Replay Basic Operation Wait at fixed interval equivalent to one scan file csv Output file Read data from input file Set data to Ladder Engine Synchronous Read output data from Ladder Engine Write output data to output file 167 Running by Virtual External Inputs Section 8 4 Input Data File The following data files can be specified as an input data file Command log file flg Read in sequence the history of operation Com mand log performed to the Ladder Engine saved in the file and issue commands again to the Ladder Engine In the Synchronous process each operation will be replayed in the same interval as the cycle counter when saved Data trace file cdt Read in sequence the data saved as trace data and feed it to the Ladder Engine The data will be re played according to the sampling cycle when saved Data Replay file csv Read in sequence the data saved in CSV format and feed them to the Ladder Engine The set data will be rep
115. a is being trans ferred the value in these words is decremented each time that 1 024 words are transferred These words contain the CPU Switches be Unit s internal clock data in BCD tween Virtual The clock can be set from a Pro Clock and gramming Device such as a Pro Computer gramming Console with the Clock de DATE 735 instruction or with a pending on the FINS command CLOCK Cycle Time WRITE 0702 Mode Seconds 00 to 59 BCD Minutes 00 to 59 BCD Hours 00 to 23 BCD Day of the month 01 to 31 BCD Month 01 to 12 BCD Year 00 to 99 BCD Day of the week 00 to 06 BCD 00 Sunday 01 Monday 02 Tuesday 03 Wednesday 04 Thursday 05 Friday 06 Saturday A355 A35500_ Inner Board The function of these words is Not used to Monitoring defined by the Inner Board A35915 Area 206 I O Memory Allocation Section 9 3 Address Name CS CJ series PLC CX Simulator Words Bits Function Settings Function Settings A360 to A36001 Executed The flag corresponding to the 1 That FAL Same as A391 FAL Number specified FAL number will be was exe CS CJ series Flags turned ON when FAL 006 is cuted PLC executed Bits A36001 to A39115 correspond to FAL 0 That FAL numbers 001 to 511 The flag will be turned OFF when the error is cleared A385 A38506 File Deleted The system deleted the re Fi Not used Flags mainder of an EM file memory file that was being updated 0 No files when a power int
116. ace memory and next time set of the data trace 241 How to Use Data Trace Recording Tool Appendix y Data trace start y Read A trace start Data trace start flag Trace trigger flag Trace trigger monitor flag ON while execut ing trace flag ON when com pleting trace flag Sampling P A a Saved data Missed Saved data data Restrictions on Networks to be used The Data Trace Recording Tool works as an application of FinsGateway saving the following data of the SYSMAC CS CJ CP series PLC connected to the computer via FinsGateway 1 APLC connected via Controller Link 2 A PLC connected via Ethernet 3 APLC connected via Host Link 4 The Ladder Engine works as synchronous process Note The Data Trace Recording Tool assuming that FinsGateway is used the RUNTIME version of FinsGateway is required separately when using with Ethernet or Host Link 242 How to Use Data Trace Recording Tool Appendix Explanation for Each Part of the Window Names and Functions Target PLC to D 8 finished Data Trace Recording Tool Trace N Sampling Area Sampling Area Bit address Word address laoo0000 C002 Target PLO to Trace Network address C6000100 booood Sampling Mode adda Cloooo101 DOoOKH interval WOOO1O E D00002 HONI OA TARI Edit Edit Abort Value Abort value Samples a Sampling Interval Trace Data Record file Interval ms i Per cycle f Trace e
117. all break points Resetall of the break points ss ee a a Auto scroll Set whether or not to scroll automatically Help Contents Display the Help Contents Help Index Display the Help Index Display the version information Content of Pop up Menu Clicking a mnemonic code and right clicking will display the pop up menu Function Set the start point to the selected step Reset the start point of the selected step Set the break point to the selected point Reset the break point of the selected step Reset all break points Contents of Step Display The Step Run window displays the lines distinctively Line Display Background Color Line Remarks of Character Mark Regular Line White Black gt Start Point Blue White aa Break Point Brown White Executing Line Light Blue Black gt Stop on I O Break Condition Magenta Black Non executing State e g Green Black gt Step Run with interlocked non execution for IL JMP FOR BREAK etc Note 1 in the Step window the lower part of the table has a priority in display 2 Refer to 4 3 Step Run and Break for the details of Step Run 85 Debug Console Window Section 3 9 3 9 8 Task Control Window The Task Control window displays the status of the task in the program area for application programs UM 1 Names and Functions Task Control ie x task Change task Help Main menu display an Tasks F a a a e O a O O Task type Cycl
118. amp 100 000001 IR2 000002 RO DO 000003 7 V 000005 000006 000007 000008 Ez PLC Memory NewPLC1 D Pije x File Edit View Grid Window Help Jz Ei of CS1H CPU67 aaa RC ie E ARAN RET TR ERE TE SRE Nate EEL ST a clo booooo 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 E F paogio jooo0 0000 0000 0000 0000 oo00 0000 qc D IR q DR So a TK ian H ie yy pn a ee ae ae ee ea a ee ee ee Imoo jooods3E0 00006360 j000063AF jo0000000 jo0000000 D0000000 Rig 00000000 oooooooo oooooooo oooooooo oooooooo oooooono Ready D1 CS1H CPU6 Offline NUM h Step Run and Break Section 4 3 4 3 4 Start Point Setting Setting a start point enables to specify an instruction to be executed next by the program Start Point Setting A start point can be set only in the Program mode The program is executed from the start point when an execution is operated from the Debug Console or the mode is changed to the Monitor mode by the CX Programmer For ex ample executing Step Run with a start point specified will move the execution control to the start point and begin the next Step Run Start Point Location If a start point is set halfway in the rung the previous value of power flow turns OFF false forcibly regardless of the present value For example setting a start point at the right hatched part in the diagram below will not execute
119. an interrupt task with IORF 097 while the Unit s I O is being refreshed by cyclic I O refreshing duplicate refresh ing A42600 to A42611 con tain the Special I O Unit s unit number When A40213 the Interrupt Task Error Flag is ON this flag indi cates the cause of the error A42615 will be ON if a Special I O Unit was refreshed from the in terrupt task while it was already being refreshed A42615 will be OFF if the inter rupt task was executed for more than 10 ms during I O refreshing of a C200H Special I O Unit or a SYSMAC BUS Remote I O Unit When a CS CJ series CPU Bus Unit Setting Error occurs A40203 and the bit in this word corre sponding to the Unit s unit num ber are turned ON Bits 00 to 15 correspond to unit numbers 0 to E The CPU Unit will continue oper ating and the ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will flash When a Special I O Unit Setting Error occurs A40202 and the bit in these words corresponding to the Unit s unit number are turned ON Bits 00 to 15 correspond to unit numbers 0 to F ber 000 to OFF 0 to 255 Unit number 000 to O5F 0 to 95 1 Duplicated refreshing 0 Interrupt task exe cuted over 10 ms ER 219 1 Setting error 0 No setting error 1 Setting error 0 No setting error VO Memory Allocation Address Words Bits Name Max Inter rupt Task Processing Time Interrupt Task With Max Proc essing Time PLC L
120. anager etc during Connect the new unit will fail to start The Communications Unit with the same name can not be used simultaneously For instructions on changing the routing tables refer to Section 3 of the CX Integrator Operation Manual W445 65 Debug Console Window Section 3 9 3 9 Debug Console Window 3 9 1 Debug Console Window In the Debug Console window various debugging operations e g Step Run and Scan Run for the Ladder Engine are performed Transition of Debug Console Window Debug Console Step run display Task control I O break condition I O break condition registration File operation menu Connect to Simulator Console display setting Data replay menu I O Condition Tool startup Data Replay Tool startup Command log setting 66 Debug Console Window Section 3 9 Names and Functions Title bar a CxX Simulator Debug Console x a File Replay Help mr an gt gt 1 gt gt a Re Elke sl Title bar The title is displayed Main menu Select a menu Toolbar Click an icon to select a function Icons on the Toolbar Icons for Execution Operation Pima SS Monitor ode Rann Ena e R Program mode Engine will become PROGRAM automatically a roca ee each execution mode M Step Run Process each step of the mnemonic codes anes ro a a ahe hort onion Run Scan Run Execute a ladder diagram for a single scan If Scan gt l Run is executed duri
121. and operates in the same way as Step Run 2 Refer to 4 4 Task Debugging for the details of Task Control 3 9 9 I O Break Condition Settings Window I O Break Condition Setting sets the values of I O memory with the logical equation and registers the I O Break Conditional Equation for breaking at the step where the set equation holds 87 Debug Console Window Section 3 9 Names and Functions Break conditional equation display AND LIST AND item selection AND LIST MIOO 0 0N Jloo 0 0n AND item delete A512 12 0N Ww O 0 0 FF AND item add Condition setting save Condition settings read O Break Condition Settings OR LIST OR item select Update button OR item add OR item delete OK button Cancel button IO0 0 0N and CW O 0SOF FQ and 01 00 00 0N2 1 00 00z HN JH200 1 aza Function Display the conditions selected in AND LIST and OR play LIST as the I O break conditional equation Update the I O break condition setting expression in the window with the present configuration of AND LIST and OR LIST AND LIST Select the conditions registered in AND LIST with check boxes Add conditions set in Register I O Break Condition to AND LIST AND item delete Delete the selected conditions in AND LIST OR LIST OR item select Select conditions registered in OR LIST with check boxes OR item add Add the conditions set in Register I O Break Condi tion to OR LIST OR item delete Delet
122. ange the Network Type to the network type selected by the target Communications Unit in the Work CX Simulator window Pressing the Settings button of the Network Type will display the Network Settings window Network Settings Controller Link Xx MHetraork Dr Iiver Rie source ddr Hetweork JU Li ii ii FINS Destination Address Netuywork T Frame Length Response Timeout ts 2000 2 E Hest imk Umt Maomier eto Operatie level E te H i oree e 64 Connecting to the CX Programmer Version 2 1 or Lower Section 3 8 Note 1 Change the settings of Network and Node for FINS Destination Ad dress to the network address and the node address for the FINS address displayed in the Guide to Connect The routing table for FinsGateway must be changed if the Network address is to be changed Do not change the unit address for the FinsGateway Communications Unit with FinsGateway setting tool etc Changing the unit address may cause the Connect operation to fail Do not set items to the local network table when setting the routing table to the CX Simulator The local network table will automatically be changed when Connect is executed If communications with the Ladder Engine can not be executed after setting the routing table Disconnect and then Connect again If anew FinsGateway Communications Unit with the same name is started by the FinsGateway service m
123. ansistor Output Unit S2200H OD214 Transistor Output Unit 2200H O0218 Transistor Output Unit C200H 0D411 Triac Output Unit Cl200H 0 4221 Triae Output Unit SS200H OA4223 Estimated 10 refresh interval 0 0000 mes Back Cancel In the initial state the CPU unit and the Simulator Communications Unit are registered The Simulator Communications Unit is a virtual network commu nications unit dedicated to the CX Simulator for the Ladder Engine to perform network communications with external devices At least one virtual network communications unit one of Controller Link unit Ethernet unit or simulator communications unit is required to connect the Ladder Engine with a pro gramming tool Therefore if the Controller Link unit or Ethernet Unit is not used the Simulator Communications Unit will be used Note Refer to 6 Debugging Network Communications for the detail of the Network Communications Unit e Pressing the Unit Selection List button will display the Unit Group List Selecting the required group in the list will display the Units corresponding to the group e Select the group from Unit Selection List select the unit to be added and press the lt lt button to add a unit e Select the unit to be deleted from Registered PLC Unit List and press the gt gt button to delete a unit Creating a New PLC Note Note Note Section 3 5 e f the CPU Bus Unit or the Special I O Unit is registered the
124. ata tracing can be saved using Data Trace Recording Tool Multipoint Data Col Possible to take in data from an actual PLC and to give lection Tool the data as input data to the CX Simulator using the Data Replay Tool Unlike Data Trace every cycle data can not be read However more than 50 words of data can be read Data Replay Each data of the command log flg the Data Trace file cdt and Data Replay file cvs can be input to the CX Simulator as virtual external inputs Also the re sults can be saved as the Data Replay file I O Condition The trigger conditions of I O memory areas can be Operation described in logic expressions and the value can be given to the I O memory area as virtual external inputs when a set time elapses after the expressions hold Multiple expressions can be processed simultane ously Program area for In addition to the program area for applications UM1 debugging UM2 the CX Simulator provides the program area where the ladder program sharing the I O memory area with UM1 for creating virtual external inputs is executed UM2 Virtual external inputs can be created in the ladder program 148 Debugging Using Virtual External Inputs Section 8 2 8 2 Debugging Using Virtual External Inputs 8 2 1 Outline of Debugging Using Virtual External Inputs 152 322 Debugging Items Debugging Methods 1 Considering debugging items Decide debugging items using virtual external inputs Cons
125. atically when the power turns ON When the Ladder Engine is started e User Switch Set the DIP Switch A39512 for User customization OK Save the current settings and exit the window e Cancel Discard the current settings and exit the win dow 2 Click the OK button when setting is completed 58 System Status Setting Window Section 3 7 Note Invalid Enable online edit wnen Scan Replay Step Run makes impossible to use the Scan Replay function Also online editing during Step Run auto matically enters PROGRAM mode When valid Scan Replay will automati cally be performed Invalid Enable online edit when Scan Replay Step Run improves the process speed of one scan than when valid This setting is ef fective when debugging a large scale program with the virtual external input 3 7 Initializing PLC Initialize the I O memory of the Ladder Engine 1 2 3 1 Select Initialize PLC in the System Status Setting Settings menu 2 The following dialog box will be displayed before initialization pe oimulator Debugger Mo CHI e Yes Initialize the following I O memory areas e CIO e W e DM e EM eNo Close the dialog box without initializing the memory 3 Clicking the OK button will initialize the memory 3 7 8 Message Display Window The Message Display window displays the display contents of message error display instructions as messages Also send contents of serial network communicatio
126. ayed Items in the Detail Status Display Current PLC Display current PLC time The time may be different Time from that of the computer as they are independent each other Cycle time Display the cycle time counter counter Virtual Cycle Display the values of present minimum maximum Time Virtual and average recent 8 times virtual cycle times time unit ms Virtual Ladder Display the present value of the virtual execution Diagram Exe time only for UM1 program unit ms cution Time Virtual Time for Display the virtual value of peripheral servicing time Peripheral Ser including overseeing and I O refreshing unit ms vicing Computer Cy Display the present minimum maximum and av cle Time Com erage recent 8 times values of computer cycle puter time times Command Log Settings Yes No of Command log settings presence I O Break Condition Yes No of I O break condition settings presence Settings 53 System Status Setting Window Section 3 7 3 2 Setting Menu of System Status Setting Selecting the Settings button in the System Status Setting window will dis play the Settings menu The Settings menu sets operation environment for the CX Simulator The Settings menu provides the following eight items to set various operation environments PLC Selection Create a new PLC the PLC Setting wizard and select an existing PLC Refer to 3 5 Creating a New PLC for the details Register PLC Unit Set
127. breviation for Programmable Controller Visual Aids The following headings appear in the left column of the manual to help you locate different types of information Note Indicates information of particular interest for efficient and convenient opera tion of the product 1 2 3 1 Indicates lists of one sort or another such as procedures checklists etc OMRON 2008 All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means mechanical electronic photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of OMRON No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained herein Moreover because OMRON is constantly striving to improve its high quality products the information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice Every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this manual Nevertheless OMRON assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained in this publication About Upgrades Version 1 1 The following functions have been added to the CX Simulator with the upgrade from Version 1 0 to Version 1 1 Actual Serial Communications Possible In Ver 1 0 the contents of messages sent by serial communications instruc tions are displayed on the computer screen In Ver 1 1 ac
128. by the address execution enables monitoring of program being executed A program can be executed from any mnemonic code by designating a start point Setting multiple break points and break conditions depending on the I O memory status enables to pause a program at any point and on any conditions Scan Replay returns the program conditions to those just prior to the scan started The program can be replayed on the same conditions any times Displaying the number and the time of executions of each task will help solve the bottleneck in executions reducing the cycle time by re division of the tasks Simulated startup of interrupt tasks at any timing enables to debug interrupt processes In the CX Simulator debugging serial communications is possible by 1 ac tual communications to an external serial communications device using a Features Display send messages Section 1 2 COM port on the computer 2 screen display of send messages or 3 in put output from to a file Computer 1 RS 232C External Debugger Screen display COM serial com l i port munications FinsGateway ON device Virtual Communications 3 2 Simulator Communi cations Unit Files Display the contents of send messages sent by serial communications in structions No external output is performed Disabling serial communica Disabling serial communications instructions is possible by settings This tions in
129. cations Board Unit if the Serial Communications mode of System Setup is No protocol communications can not be performed Supported Serial Communications Instructions The instructions related to serial communications that can be used in a pro gram and their supporting status are shown below Support TXD RXD instruction Yes with No protocol PMCR instruction NOP for instruction processing STUP instruction SEND RECV instructions i Slave initiation with Host Link FINS communications CMND instruction Yes Slave initiation with Host Link FINS communications I O Memory Allocation The outline of I O memory allocation for each piece of hardware and the sup porting status in the CX Simulator are shown below Only for No protocol and Host Link Apa Dai btn bispora ves RS 232C Port Set ings CPU Units Unit Number in Host Link Made ves ER No protocol frame format O Z o o O O Yes RS 232C port Port 2 a Start brte Data fengtetop bite Raniy Beiidtate Yee Setup Area CTS contol SSS Ys Host Link unitnumber Ves Serial Commu T E nications No Status Area P I O Memory Alloca ort setting status No Unit Board Port setting statuses Tn Communications status pean ian cares Error Details A424 No nications Board Yes Supported No Not supported Not used 111 Outline of Serial Communications Section 5 1 Note Refer to 2 3 I O Memory Allocations in SYSMAC CS CJ Series Serial C
130. cceeceeeeeseeeeeees 238 10 3 3 A Compare Error Occurs when Editing Online cccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 238 lOSA A Cycle Time Error OCUS sha dietician n a E E dee eee 239 TOS OEIS e E A E 239 229 Error Processing Section 10 1 10 1 Error Processing 10 1 1 CX Programmer For the details of errors and remedies when operating the CX Simulator from the CX Programmer refer to the CX Programmer User manual W446 10 1 2 Debugger and Ladder Engine If an error occurs while operating the CX Simulator the error contents will be displayed in the dialog box Remove the error causes referring to the reme dies Note For errors relating to the execution of ladder programs refer to the CX Programmer User Manual W446 or CS CJ Series Programmable Controllers Instructions Reference Manual W474 Symptoms A communications error has Wrong communi Disconnect and Connect and then try again occurred with CX Simulator cations environ Exit executing application programs excluding the Ladder Engine ment CX Simulator and try again Uninstall and then reinstall the CX Simulator An error occurred while initializing Wrong execution Exit executing application programs excluding the Debugger startup Start Debug environment CX Simulator and try again ger again Uninstall and then reinstall the CX Simulator Cannot open the communications Setting of the Reset the routing table of the Ladder Engine usin
131. cess from External Devices via Serial Communications Access by Programmable Terminal PT Serial connection of OMRON s Programmable Terminal PT via NT Link al lows to debug a ladder program that processes data input to the CX Simulator from PT and creates data for PT display Access from a program directly operating a serial port Serial connection to a program directly operating a computer s COM port via Host Link between the computers allows to access the CX Simulator from the program Note Be sure to specify the CX Simulator s network number and its node number 1 and 10 in default when performing FINS communications via Host Link Note A connection cable for PLC can not be used because the pin arrangement of the serial port for an IBM PC AT or compatible computer is different from that ofa PLC Make a new connection cable according to the pin arrangements for the computer and the device to be connected Communications message lt Program Access from a program using FinsGateway Serial Communications Unit When connecting a program using FinsGateway serial communications to the Ladder engine connection can be made without practical problems for an Ethernet Unit or a Controller Link Unit as long as the FINS address for the CX Simulator Communications Unit of the Ladder Engine is set by the pro gram after starting the FinsGateway Virtual Communications Unit 117 Serial Communications Connection Section 5 3
132. ch an application a general text editor and a text viewer can be used Where a file name must be able to be passed as an argument of the application Operation of the Ladder Engine on Startup Exit If Automatic transfer of the program at start up pin 2 of the DIP switch set ting is ON the Auotexec file is read to the I O memory area every time the Ladder Engine is started or restarted Also when the Ladder Engine is exited or restarted the Power OFF Interrupt Task will not be started regardless of Power OFF Interrupt Task Disabled Enabled of the PC Setup It will be exe cuted only when clicking the Reset button or starting the interrupt task from the Task Control window 227 Other Functions Section 9 4 228 SECTION 10 Troubleshooting Qe Error Process MI rinna AAE AE E canta Baitate es aka A R 230 LORE XP EO SAMMI ET ier EE 230 TO A Debus ser and Ladder EDEME ssrin a 230 lOl VO C onditNon ToO lenar nrrnr ier cr Sentra rane tere pri erry 232 t04 Data Replay Toles a A N alee 233 10 1 5 Data Trace Recording Tool nnnnnnnnnnnneneenneseneeenesereeeeesresssrsesserrrerrrerersrrrrrrrerrrereens 234 10 2 Alirmsand Remedi osue N E aN 2393 10 3 Other Tips for Troubleshooting 2 sears cnccth iets aterte ci teeesiary cecil EE A E RA 237 10 3 1 Connection Impossible from CX ProgrammMet cccccceeeceeecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 237 10 3 2 If Network Communications Can Not Be Performed cc cccccccccccc
133. cified with an extension Actually the I O memory file dat that has the same name as the Debugger Setting File serial number will also be saved Work CX Simulator Refer to 3 8 Connecting with the CX Programmer Version 2 1 or Lower for Work CX Simulator 71 Debug Console Window Console Display Settings Section 3 9 Console Display Settings sets for the CX Simulator display Console Display Settings E3 f Small icon 16 168 Large icon B232 Event Action Select leon Size Walid fram nest boot Show a viewer automatically for Alarms Popup a window automatically for Messages Alarms Display Specify a program for Alarms Conky Windows95 93 Erowse Window Position oree e Select Icon Size e Event Action e Alarms Display e Window Position eOK e Cancel 72 Select the icon size for the CX Simulator Debug Con sole which will be reflected at the next startup Set for the event action Checking Show a viewer automatically for Alarms will start the Alarm Display program when an alarm occurs Checking Popup a window automatically for Messages will automatically display the Messages window when its contents are updated The alarm display is performed only by the event viewer OS standard Checking Always on Top will display each window for the Debugger in front Save the present settings and exit the window Discard the present settings and exit
134. cimal data starting with Ox Area Type and Address Range of Usable I O Memory Area The following I O memory areas can be specified by the Data Replay File Bit No 1 2 Data category 2 or 3 IN OUT Input to PLC IN or output from PLC OUT 3 4 5 Area name Area type Address range I O Area CIO lO 0 00 to 6143 15 Work Area WR 0 00 to 511 15 Hold Area HR Auxiliary Area AR 0 00 to 959 15 157 Generating Virtual External Inputs Section 8 3 Word VO Area CIO IO to 6143 Data Memory DM D 0 to 32767 Extended Data Memory Area E EO Oto E0 32767 EC Oto EM EC 32767 Timer TIM 0 to 4095 Counter CNT 0 to 4095 Example of Creating Data Replay File by Spreadsheet Software Input File It is convenient to create the data for input of the Data Replay File using spreadsheet software such as MS Excel as follows TestDatal xls Miel Ed Pot A eT eG Data Regenerator OUT lO1o0 101 01000 01001 D1 O02 EO 1003 999 06 10 10 10 00 1 OOOO OOO goig oag Gogg oag 1999 08 10 10 10 05 2 oag oag O01 1 OOOO OOOO OOOO fa it 999 08 10 10 10 10 J OOOO OOOO OOS OOOO OOO OOOO 1999 08 10 10 10 15 4 O00 OOO O01 2 OOO OOO OOOO l 599 08 10 10 10 20 J OOOO OOO O01 1 OOOO OOOO OOOO ca 999 08 10 10 10 25 6 OO OOOO O01 2 OOOO OOO OOOO 1999 08 10 10 10 30 i OO OOO O01 1 OOOO OO OOO 9 08 10 1010 35 a OO OOOO goia Dag OO OOOO e n a s a a a a a Tn a a a a D S E Sheet Sheet f Sheetiy Not
135. city of the computer is smaller than that of the file memory file write may fail 2 Refer to Section 5 File Memory Functions of CS CJ Series Programming Manual for the details on the file memory functions Log folder The test data for the CX Simulator is stored The following data files for each use are available File type Command Log File flg The data file storing CX Programmer s operation log Data Trace File cdt The compatible data file with the CX Programmer s data trace file Data Replay File CSV format text file Note Refer to 8 3 Generating Virtual External Inputs for the data file in the log folder 47 Each Part of the Windows Section 3 6 3 6 Each Part of the Windows This section explains each part of the windows in the CX Simulator 3 6 1 Basic Windows Arrangement Work CX Simulator Work CX Simulator for connecting Virtual Commications Unit ae CX P rog ra m m e r l Disconnect FINS address of Virtual Comms Network address Bhd Syste m Statu S Node address 2 S etti n g fo r Machine address aes statu S d is p ay Guide to Connect CJ RUN Press the Connect button and CX Simulator will be able to CJ ERR ARM work with other applications comm Connected NETWORK Specify the target PLC settings of the application software o as follows EST 0 0000 ms lt Target FINS address gt Network address 4 Node address 1 Program mode Unit address O When you wish to connec
136. com puter as the maximum CPU occupancy If the CX Simulator responses slowly in the window operation reducing the CPU occupancy will decrease the CPU occupancy of the Ladder Engine 60 in default On the contrary if the computer cycle time is long raising the CPU occupancy may decrease the computer cycle time The virtual cycle time is not affected The setting of the CPU occupancy will be reflected from the next cycle 188 Cycle Time and Time Section 9 2 9 2 3 Differences with CS CJ CP Series Built in Clock Function High speed Timer Interrupt Time when Online Editing The clock of the Ladder Engine is the same as that of the computer when startup However it will not synchronize with the clock of the computer be cause it advances according to the virtual cycle time So if synchronization is required operate the CX Simulator in the computer cycle time When executing a program in the computer cycle time the High speed Timer and 1 ms Timer will not be guaranteed to operate correctly When editing online by the CX Simulator the cycle time will not be affected in the virtual cycle time However interrupt time will occur in the computer cycle time as well as the actual CS CJ CP series PLC 189 YO Memory Allocation Section 9 3 9 3 I O Memory Allocation 9 3 1 PLC Setup Settings ltem CS CJ series PLC CX Simulator Simulator Settings Basic I O Unit Input 00 8 ms Sets the input response time ON No
137. contents of the saved Command Log Display the content of the file set as the log file in the Command log Setting with the Memo Pad OS stan dard 82 Debug Console Window 3 9 6 Help Menu Help Contents Help Index About Note Section 3 9 This section explains how to operate the sub menu of the Help menu Display the Help Contents of the CX Simulator Select Help Contents in the Help menu to display the Help Contents dialog box e Help Contents Display the Help Contents of the CX Simulator e Keyword Display the Help Index dialog box e Return Return to the window displayed just before e Print Print the selected topic Search for the topic in the online help using the keyword Select Help Index in the Help menu to display the Help Index dialog box Select About in the Help menu to display the version information for the CX Simulator e OK Close the About dialog box The license information is not displayed when upgrading from CX Simulator Ver 1 3 or higher 83 Debug Console Window Section 3 9 3 9 7 Step Run Window The Step Run window displays the content of the program area for application programs UM 1 by the task in mnemonic codes and allows to monitor the step transition Names and Functions Step Run el ES Task Selection zee Geneon noe e ao Main Menu Cyclic task O0CStartup Address Start Point display D Address Instruction O O O O l T LO
138. cording Divide and save the sampling data to multiple files Change automatically to the next file when acquired 32 767 samples Serial numbers will be attached to the end excluding an extension of the specified file name OK button Register the option settings to close the dialog box Cancel button Close the dialog box without registering option settings 244 How to Use Data Trace Recording Tool Appendix The dialog box for editing the sampling address Sampling Address Editing Bit address K Cancel Sampling address Cancel fi Ei Example Gi length address 10000101 wigii HO0101 400101 TOO 0001 THOOO1 TOU01 TEOOO1 Sampling address Enter the sampling address to be registered OK button Register the sampling address to close the dialog box Cancel button Close the dialog box without registering the sampling address Area and Address Range Possible to Speci Bit address Area Area Word range Bit range symbols number of digit number of digit CIO Area CIO 0 to 6143 4 0 to 15 2 W___ 0 to 511 3 0 to 15 2 Timer Area OW 0 to 15 2 0 to 15 2 Timer Area T 0to4095 4 None 0 Word address symbols number of digit number of digit 0 to 4095 4 None 0 0 to 4095 4 None 0 DMArea D __ 0to 32767 5 None E 0 to 32767 5 None EM bank des 0 to 32767 5 BankO None ignation to 12 245 How to Use Data Trace Recording Tool Appendix
139. cution file has format from a Data Replay file an invalid format e Rakes limit of maximum lines execution file I O Condition file exceeds the Change the registered conditions or create another limit of maximum lines The execution file maximum limit is lines nee Check the I O conditions settings and if D2 is set in exist the execution column The data in the clipboard is not Copy the I O condition expression of correct format to lines have been deleted tion format have been deleted I O conditions 232 Error Processing Section 10 1 10 1 4 Data Replay Tool If an error occurs while operating the Data Replay Tool the error contents will be displayed in the dialog box Remove the error causes referring to the remedies Symptoms A communications timeout oc A timeout oc 1 If the cycle time of the Ladder Engine is too long curred Operation exit curred in a re use synchronous processing in the virtual cycle sponse from the time Ladder Engine 2 Check if the target FINS address is the same as that of the Ladder Engine An error response is received Wrong ad Check if wrong data are included in the Re from the target PLC Operation dress range of play Output file exit Replay data or Output data Operation exit wrong format Failed to connect to the PLC Not possible to Check the FINS address for the target PLC Operation exit communicate with the target PLC file Operation exit exist or has a wro
140. d log Start the Command Log Save by CX Simulator Debug Console Replay Command log Start If exiting or pausing the Command Log Save select Stop in Debug Console Replay Command log Specify the FINS address filter if filtering by the FINS address Some FINS addresses for application programs on the computer change dynamically FINS addresses of the CX Programmer change also So usu ally use the CX Simulator in the default setting FINS address All nodes When adding items to the list of FINS address filter input the FINS address to be added the network address node address and Machine address Unit address and its name tentative followed by the Add button In specifying the address an can also be specified For example if an is specified for the Machine address setting the FINS command to from the specified address will be saved as the command log When deleting the items in the list of FINS address filter select the item to be deleted in the list and click the Delete button Specify the FINS command filter when filtering by the FINS command Filtering is performed by comparing the character string data hex from the top of the FINS command For example when writing to the EM area common the filtering pattern will be 01012 saving 010121 EM area write Bank 1 01012A EM area write Bank 10 etc to the Command Log File Refer to List of Usable FINS Com
141. d time info Not possible Write time info FINS Command Replay possible 09 20S Message read cancel Read Error log Not possible Clear Error log IN UM File transfer Force set reset Cancel All Forces Generating Virtual External Inputs Section 8 3 Note Read IOM area 01 BO__ ReadClOAreawords Not possible 1 1 1 01 09 Read Timer Counter Completion Flag Not possible _ 01 89 __ Read Timer Counter PV Not possible 1 01 01 98 Read EM words current bank _ Not possible _ 01 01 06 _ Read task flag bit Not possible Write IOM area 01 02 BO __ Write CIO Area words Possible 01 02 89 _ Write Timer Counter PV Possible 01 02 98 _ Write EM words current bank Possible MR Main SR Sub PM Parameter If Replay is not possible the I O memory areas do not change although send receive of data is executed when Replay 155 Generating Virtual External Inputs Section 8 3 8 3 2 Data Trace File The time series data Data Trace File of I O memory area acquired from an actual PLC can be replayed on the Ladder Engine using the Data Replay Tool Note Refer to 8 4 Running by Virtual External Inputs for replaying by Data Replay Tool Create a Data Trace File using the data trace or the time chart monitor of the CX Programmer or Data Trace Recording Tool for long term data Creating Data Trace Data using CX Programmer Use the Data Trace File cdt created in the data trace o
142. d with words the function of these 5 details or words is as follows 0000 1 Error code bits 0 to 15 2 Error contents bits O to 15 Seconds 3 Minutes bits 8 to 15 00 to 59 Seconds bits 0 to 7 BCD 4 Day of month bits 8 to 15 Hours bits O to 7 Minutes 5 Year bits 8 to 15 00 to 59 Month bits O to 7 BCD Hours A200 A20014 Task When a task switches from WAIT ON for the or INI to RUN status this flag will first cycle CS CJ series be turned ON within the task for including PLC one cycle only transitions The only difference between this from WAIT flag and A20015 is that this flag to INI also turns ON when the task switches from WAIT to RUN status 196 VO Memory Allocation Address Name Words Bits A200 A20011 First Cycle Flag A20012 Step Flag A20015 First Task Startup Flag A201 A20110 Online Ed iting Wait Flag A20111 Online Ed iting Flag A202 Communi cations Port Enabled Flags CS CJ series PLC Function ON for one cycle after PLC op eration begins after the mode is switched from PROGRAM to RUN or MONITOR for example ON for one cycle when step exe cution is started with STEP 008 This flag can be used for initiali zation processing at the begin ning of a step ON when a task is executed for the first time This flag can be used to check whether the cur rent task is being executed for the first time so that initialization processing can be perfor
143. dard for RS 232C RS 232C Same as shown at left port The actual speed will vary de pending on the hardware of the computer Network communications timing Performed as peripheral servicing When in Continuous Run per formed as peripheral servicing When in pausing the network communications processing is performed Interrupt control modes If an interrupt occurs during Host Link servicing Interrupt is prohibited during pe Remote I O servicing Special I O Unit servicing ripheral servicing and execution of or execution of an instruction that process will be an instruction stopped immediately and the task will be exe cuted instead Startup mode The CS CJ series CPU Unit will start in Only PRCH Switch Setting on PROGRAM mode if the Startup Mode is set in Programming Console default the PLC Setup to PRCH Switch Setting on setting Will start in PROGRAM Programming Console default setting and the mode as a Programming Console CPU Unit is started without a Programming is not connected Console connected 23 Comparison of the CX Simulator and SYSMAC CS CJ series PLCs 24 Section 1 6 2 1 Installing and Uninstalling the Software SECTION 2 Setup 25 Installing and Uninstalling the Software Section 2 1 2 1 Installing and Uninstalling the Software The CX Simulator is installed from the CX One Installer For details refer to the CX One Setup Manual Cat No W463 which is provided with the CX One
144. e I O Conditions Tool Cycle time Virtual cycle time Estimated cycle time if operated on the actual CS CJ CP series CPU Application program Computer cycle time Actual cycle time on the computer Application program de bugging program PLC setup Available Available DIP switch set Available Available By software some functions only ting What Is the CX Simulator Section 1 1 Actual PLC CX Simulator Operation of each unit Various func tions Network com Available Ethernet Unit Available Simulator Communications Unit munications unit Controller Link Unit Ethernet Unit and Controller Link Unit Serial Commu Available Available Using SYSMAC WAY Host Link nications system NT Link or No protocol Board Unit Other units Available Force set reset Available Available Differential Available Available monitor Data trace _ Available Available Change set Available Available value of timer counter Online edit Available Available Serial commu Available Available Only message display nications Network com Available Available Using FinsGateway Virtual munications Communications Unit where send receive to from the nodes in the computer Features 1 2 Features 1 2 1 Features Section 1 2 Using the CX Simulator with the following features can reduce man days for program debugging Possible to simulate operation of the Virtual CPU Unit on the computer Easily use the
145. e Itis not required to input date and time data when using a Data Replay File as inputs Specifying Output Data by Data Replay Tool Output File A Data Replay File has an input format for the Data Replay Tool However it also works as an output data file for saving values of I O memory areas to monitor the results of the program execution In order to save values of I O memory areas using the Data Replay Tool the I O memory area to be saved must be specified as an output data file in advance using a spreadsheet soft ware etc a Output emplate xs D1 000 D1001 D100 DIOS WOOD 1 ME 158 Generating Virtual External Inputs Section 8 3 If a file output by the Data Replay Tool exists specifying the I O memory as an output file can be omitted by specifying the file as an output template when starting the Data Replay Tool Specifying a template file by the Data Replay Tool will copy the I O memory specification parameter line of the template file to the output file as is New output file Template file 1st line Parameters line Line copy Existing data 8 3 4 Multipoint Data Collection Tool Time series I O memory data Data Replay File acquired from an actual PLC can be replayed on the Ladder Engine using the Data Replay Tool Unlike Data Trace data can not be acquired every cycle However time series data of more than 50 words can be acquired This function enables to take in data from an actually running PL
146. e and the execution time to be 0 0 ms 181 Cycle Time and Time Section 9 2 9 2 Cycle Time and Time The CX Simulator has its own expansion for the cycle time and the time 9 2 1 Cycle Time The CX Simulator has two modes of cycle time the virtual cycle time and the computer cycle time Select from the cycle time mode in the System Status Settings PLC Clock Settings dialog box Default the computer cycle time e Virtual Cycle Time The virtual cycle time assuming that a program is executed on the CS CJ CP series PLC tentative time for the actual PLC e Computer Cycle The actual time required for processing one cycle on Time the computer The cycle time of the CX Simulator displayed by the CX Programmer etc is the one in the selected mode Calculating Cycle Time for CS CJ CP series PLC The cycle time for CS CJ CP series PLC is the sum of each processing time Cycle time 1 2 3 4 5 Factor essing check and clock refresh 2 Computing Process Process instructions of a user program Sum of the instruction execution Sum of the execution time for instruction time words in Cycle Time Specifying Minimum Cycle Time in PLC Approximate to 0 for the time when Calculation Setup waits for cycle time to complete with Minimum Cycle Time is not set the WDT resetting The additional time for Minimum Calculate the cycle time Cycle Time The cycle time specified as Minimum Cycle Time
147. e been re turned ON Both the restart bit started and initializing flag will be turned OFF automatically when ini tialization is completed A502 to A50200 Special I O Turn these bits ON to restart 0 to 1 Re A507 Unit Restart initialize the Special I O Unit start Bits with the corresponding unit 1 to 0 Re number the Unit has been re started This flag will be cleared to 0 established A50809 Differentiate ON when the differentiate 1 Monitor Monitor Com monitor condition has been condition CS CJ series pleted Flag established during execution of established differentiation monitoring 0 Not yet when differentiation monitoring starts A508 A50811 Trace Trigger ON when a trigger condition is 1 Trigger Monitor Flag established by the Trace Start condition CS CJ series Bit A50814 OFF when the established next Data Trace is started by the 0 Not yet Sampling Start Bit A50815 established or not tracing 221 VO Memory Allocation Address Words Bits A508 A50812 AS50813 A50814 AS50815 A509 A50900 A510 to A511 222 Name Trace Trace Busy Flag Trace Start Bit Sampling Start Bit SYSMAC BUS Slave Number Refresh Bit CS CJ series PLC Function ON when sampling of a region of trace memory has been com pleted during execution of a Trace OFF when the next time the Sampling Start Bit A50815 is turned from OFF to ON ON when the Sampling Start Bi
148. e cycle count will be displayed in brackets when the cycle has been paused Console Window for details Note The main menus will not be displayed when an online connection to the CX Simulator has been created from the CX Programmer 3 2 2 Pop up Menu The following pop up menu will be displayed when the right mouse button is clicked anywhere in the Debug Console window except on the title bar or on an icon that can be selected LO Condition Operation Data Replay PLO Glock Settings PLO Operation Settings Always On Top Help When an online connection to the CX Simulator has been created from the CX Programmer this pop up menu is used to select the following functions instead of using the main menus 30 Starting and Going Online from the CX Programmer Section 3 2 3 9 5 Replay Menu for details play under 3 9 5 Replay Menu for details Sets the cycle time mode the interval for continuous run and others Refer to 3 7 5 PLC Clock Settings for details PLC Operation Settings Sets the WDT disable DIP switches and others Refer to 3 7 6 PLC Operation Settings for details Initialize PLC Initialize the I O memory of PLC Always on Top Pins the CX Simulator windows on top Displays help 3 2 3 Disconnecting the CX Simulator from the CX Programmer Use the following procedure to end the online connection to the CX Simulator from the CX Programmer Select Simulation Simulator Online Connection
149. e is no need to change it because the FINS address for the Ladder Engine is set in default 4 Check whether synchronized processing see note is enabled The Data Replay Tool also allows synchronized processing but not for multiple operations at the same time To perform other synchronized processing deselect Synchronized for the I O Condition Tool Note When synchronized processing is not used I O condition proc 171 Running by Virtual External Inputs Section 8 4 essing is performed asynchronously with the PLC scan As a result data may be lost if I O status changes too quickly If synchronized processing is used data will not be lost but processing will be slowed down by the amount of time required to synchronize 5 After checking the settings click the Start button Pausing the I O Condition The I O Condition Tool pauses in the following conditions of the Ladder En Tool gine Synchronous Asynchronous Howto clear to clear Program Run mode Synchronous Asynchronous Scan Run for Synchronous and Continuous Run Monitor mode for Asynchronous Step Run or Pause in Synchronous Run the Debug Console Break on Break Points Break on I O Break Synchronous Scan Run Condition Note When the computer cycle time is 10 ms or more hold of conditions may fail to be caught In this case use in the virtual cycle time Note Do not perform Continuous Run in the Monitor mode or Continuous Scan Run while synchro
150. e power interruption process only when regis tered Returning from the Reset turns the mode to Program Step Run and Break Section 4 3 4 3 Step Run and Break The Step Run allows to debug by step which was impossible in debugging using an actual CS CJ CP series PLC In addition combining execution with a break start point specified and break with I O memory conditions I O break conditions specified will allow closer debugging The Step Run is available only for a program on the program area for appli cations UM1 not for debugging UM2 4 3 1 Operations for Step Run Peripheral Servicing The Ladder Engine accepts and process FINS commands even during a cycle execution as long as it is during pausing e g Step Run This enables monitoring the values during a cycle execution which is usually impossible Online Editing When performing Online Editing to the Ladder Engine during Step Run or pausing during a cycle the program execution returns to the status just prior to the cycle start and pauses when set as Online Editing enabled for Scan Re run Step Run Cycle Time during Step Run The cycle time during Step Run including pausing for both virtual cycle time and computer cycle time does not include the time of pausing Similarly the Timer Clock Pulses etc do not operate during pausing However only the time clocks the actual time if set as computer cycle time If set as virtual cycle time the t
151. e registered only for calculating the I O refresh time and peripheral servicing time CX Simulator is used internally to simulate execution of ladder programs or function blocks ladder programs or ST on CX Programmer Ver 6 1 or higher The CX Simulator does not support all of the instructions of the CPU Units Refer to 1 6 Comparison of the CX Simulator and SYSMAC CS CJ series PLCs for details The CX Simulator runs on Windows 2000 XP Vista or Windows 7 The CX Simulator can execute the following operation by downloading pro grams from the CX Programmer on the same computer to the virtual CPU Unit and by driving the virtual CPU Unit without connecting with the actual CS CJ series PLC Debug programs with virtual external inputs to the virtual CPU Unit using the Virtual External Input Tool or the Debugging Program Use various debugging functions such as address execution and break point setting that are not available in CS CJ series PLCs Simulate the cycle time enabling to simulate the CPU Unit without an actual PLC Debug functions of network serial communications What Is the CX Simulator Section 1 1 CX Programmer Actual PLC CS CJ CP Series Actual external I O Inside the computer Virtual Units Virtual CPU Unit L esicsicr Series CX Programmer es Various input data generation tools External inputs generation 1 1 2 Software Configuration of CX Simulator The CX Simulator con
152. e the Routing Table Do not transfer the routing table local network table to the Ladder Engine Doing so may disable an access from external devices depending on the set ting contents of the own network table Even when the file saved by the other PLC is read a similar trouble may occur depending on the setting contents of the PLC routing table If an access from external devices is disabled perform Disconnect and then Connect The routing table local network table will automatically be changed and an access from external devices will be enabled When reconnecting set the FINS address displayed in the Guide to Connect of the Work CX Simulator window to the CX Programmer The relay network table will not be changed automatically Set the relay net work table as required 132 Example of Debugging Network Communications Section 6 4 6 4 Example of Debugging Network Communications 6 4 1 Outline of Debugging Network Communications Instructions 1 2 3 1 Set the Communications settings as to debug a part unrelated to the network e Select System status Settings Network Communications Set tings to display the Network Communications Settings window e Set the Communications settings as for all communications units 2 Set the Communications settings as Messages for displaying the FINS commands to check the contents of the messages e Select System status Settings Network Communications Set
153. e the selected conditions in OR LIST Read conditions saved in the I O break condition Setting file Save the present settings in the I O break condition Setting file OK button Set the present I O break condition and exit the win dow Cancel button Exit the window without setting the present condition 88 Debug Console Window Section 3 9 Register IO Break Condition Window Bit condition or word Register IO Break Condition condition select D Register Bit condition Bit Condition OK button Available Area Type and Address Range The Register IO Break Condition window sets conditions to be registered to AND LIST or OR LIST in the I O Break Settings window Bit condition area type Bit condition address i TBE TONE ils Bit condition jie foao ON valge Word condition C Register Word condition area tvoe Word Condition Word condition Type Address Operator Feu address io xl ooo z T poe Word condition E value e format of Bit condition is Gvord bit 7 3 e Sth bit of 1254 word is expressed as 1234 05 Sof Word condition is Gord Word condition overator Cancel button Cancel o K po Nae o Function tion select Conditional Equation to be input Bit condition area type ___ See the table below Z Bit condition address _____ See the table below Z Bit condition value Select from ON OFF or NOT value change _ Word condition area type See the
154. e time will change and be considered as a received file 5 All the data in the file is stored in the reception buffer of the virtual PLC 6 Input is completed This procedure can be used for example to receive data in the reception buffer using the virtual PLC s RXD instruction Note Read the whole data in the input receive file when the file update time changes which is regarded as a receive operation Note For Host Link communications a single issue of instruction causes a com mand send write to the output file and a response receive read from the input file In this case it is necessary to create a response data in advance assuming a command to be sent Example of Debugging Program using Barcode reader The followings show an example of debugging No protocol communications using a Serial Data File 1 2 3 1 Display the Serial Comm Setting window by Status Settings Serial Comm Setting 2 Select a serial port for the Serial Communications Unit to be used fol lowed by pressing Edit button to display Serial Communications Regis tration window 3 Set the communications settings to File to select a COM port name Note Select a COM port name that does not overlap with one allocated in actual communications or another file Also a COM port name to be allocated to the Serial Data File can be one that does not actually exist 4 Press the OK button to exit Serial Communications Registrati
155. e window Close button Exit the Task Control window Debug Console Window Section 3 9 Contents of Menu Function Display the task menu Display the information on Help and the version Menu List of Step Run Window Shortcut Cuci mode mode Program mode Extra cyclic Start the selected task as an extra cyclic task tasks Stops the selected task a as Activate Interrupt Task In Program mode execute the selected interrupt task in block In Monitor Run mode an interrupt occurs at the moment and the process moves to the specified interrupt task eo ed P a Copy the list of Task Control being displayed to the clipboard Copy task data Help a Content of Pop up Menu Clicking the task line and right clicking will display the pop up menu Function Cyclic Task Execution Mode _ Turn the selected cyclic task to Execution mode Standby Mode Turn the selected cyclic task to Standby mode Execution in Block Execute the selected cyclic task in block Available only in Program mode Interrupt Task Startup In Program mode execute the selected interrupt task in block In Monitor Run mode an interrupt occurs at the moment and the process moves to the specified interrupt task Copy Copy the list of Task Control being displayed to the clipboard close the Task Control window Note 1 Block execution of task sets a start point at the top of the task and a break point at the bottom END line
156. equivalent to unit version 3 0 of the CS CJ series CPU Units Functions added for unit version 4 0 or later of the CS CJ series CPU Units are not supported by the CP series CP1H CP1L CPU Units NSJ Series O Modets _ Unit versions NSJU TQUL B G5D Unit version 3 0 NSJU TQULI B M3D Function Support by Unit Version The following tables show the functions supported by the CX Programmer and CX Simulator depending on the unit version of the CPU Unit Refer to 1 1 4 Summary of CX Simulator Functions Comparisons with Actual PLC and 1 6 Comparison of CX Simulator and SYSMAC CS CJ series PLCs for compari sons between CX Simulator functions and the actual PLC The functions supported for CJ2 CPU Units with unit version 1 0 correspond to those for CS CJ Units with unit version 4 0 or later e Functions Supported for Unit Version 4 0 or Later The following tables list the functions added for unit version 4 0 and supported by the CX Programmer CX Programmer version 7 0 or higher and CX Simulator version 1 7 or higher are required to use these functions Additional functions are supported if CX Programmer version 7 2 or higher is used CS1 H CPU Units CS1L CPULI_JH Unit version 4 0 or Other unit versions later Online editing of function blocks OK Note This function cannot be used for simulations on the CX Simulator Input output variables in function blocks OK New applicat
157. er with the CU2H Program mable Controllers Hardware User s Manual W472 the CU2H CXONE ALLILIC V4 AL W447 Programmable Controllers Software Users Manual W473 CX Programmer Ver 9 and the Programmable Controllers Instructions Reference Operation Manual Manual W474 Function Blocks Structured Texts CXONE ALLJLIC V4 ALLILID V4 W464 To make network settings Describes the operation of the CX Integrator CX Integrator Operation Manual and monitor CJ Series CJ2 CPU Unit Hardware W472 Provides the following information on the CJ2 CPU Units poole anug Overview system design hardware specifications hardware CJ2H CPU6L EIP CJ2H CPU6 selects ibe spi os asian et 3 settings installation wiring maintenance and troubleshoot CJ2M CPU1L CU2M CPU3 ing Use this manual together with the CU2 CPU Unit Software Users Manual W473 CJ Series CJ2 CPU Unit Software W473 Provides the following information on the CJ2 CPU Units Users Manual CJ2H CPU6LI EIP CJ2H CPU6 Overview of CPU Unit operation programming software settings CPU Unit functions and system startup CJ2M CPU1L CU2M CPU3 Use this manual together with the CU2 CPU Unit Hardware Users Manual W472 SYSMAC CS Series W339 To learn the basic specifi Describes the features system configuration design installa CS1G H CPULILI EV1 cations of the CS series tion wiring 1 O memory allocation and troubleshooting of the CS1G H CPULILJH PLCs including a basic CS series PLCs Pr
158. eries Basic I O Units These words contain the maxi mum cycle time since the start of PLC operation The cycle time is recorded in 8 digit hexadecimal with the leftmost 4 digits in A263 and the rightmost 4 digits in A262 Non zero Sameas Error code CS CJ series PLC 0000 Normal condition Same as CS CJ series PLC 1 Error Same as occurred CS CJ series PLC 0 Normal Not cleared at condition startup O to 17 hexadeci mal Not used 0 to FFFFFFFF Same as CS CJ series PLC 0 to 429 496 72 9 5ms 0 1ms units VO Memory Allocation Address Name CS CJ series PLC Words Bits Function Settings All These words contain the present 0 to cycle time in 8 digit hexadecimal FFFFFFFF with the leftmost 4 digits in A265 and the rightmost 4 digits in A264 These words contain the 0 01ms unit present cycle time in FFFFFFFF 8 digit hexadecimal with the leftmost 4 digits in A267 and the 0 to rightmost 4 digits in A266 42 949 672 0 to FFFFFFFF 0 to 42 949 672 95 ms 0 01 ms units CJ2 series PLCs only This word contains the task number of the task that was being executed when program execu tion was stopped because of a 001F task program error 0 to 31 A298 and A299 contain the pro gram address where program Interrupt execution was stopped tasks 8000 to SOFF task 0 to 255 Section 9 3 CX Simulator Function Settings Same as CS CJ series PLC
159. erruption oc _ deleted curred A38507 The system deleted the re 1 File de Not used mainder of a Memory Card file leted that was being updated when a_ 0 No files power interruption occurred deleted A392 A39204 RS 232C ON when an error has occurred 1 Error Same as Port Error at the RS 232C port Not valid 0 No error CS CJ series Flag in peripheral bus mode or NT PLC Link mode A39205 RS 232C ON when the RS 232C portis 1 Same as Port Send able to send data in no protocol Able to CS CJ series Ready Flag mode PLC No protocol mode A39206 RS 232C ON when the RS 232C port has Same as Port Recep completed the reception in tion com CS CJ series tion Com no protocol mode pleted PLC pleted Flag e When the number of bytes 0 Recep No protocol was specified ON when the tion not mode specified number of bytes is completed received e When the end code was specified ON when the end code is received or 256 bytes are received 207 received after the end code was received but before RXD 235 was executed ON when 257 bytes are received before the A39207 RS 232C ON when a data overflow oc 1 Overflow Same as Port Recep curred during reception through 0 No over CS CJ series tion Overflow the RS 232C port in no protocol flow PLC Flag mode No protocol e When the number of bytes mode was specified ON when more data is received after the recep tion was completed but before RXD 235 was e
160. ersion 1 8 supports the following new CPU Units CPU Unit model CP1L MOOOD O CP1L LO000 0 CJ CJ1H CPU6 7H R 66H R 65H R 64H R Version 1 9 The changes that have been made from version 1 8 to version 1 9 of the CX Simulator to enable support of new functions are explained here New PLCs Supported CX Simulator version 1 9 supports the following new CPU Units CPU Unit model CJ2H CPU68 EIP 67 EIP 66 EIP 65 EIP 64 EIP Version 1 91 The changes that have been made from version 1 9 to version 1 91 of the CX Simulator to enable support of new functions are explained here New PLCs Supported CX Simulator version 1 91 supports the following new CPU Units CPU Unit model CJ2H CPU68 67 66 65 64 jul e a Version 1 94 The changes that have been made from version 1 9 to version 1 94 of the CX Simulator to enable support of new functions are explained here Support for Windows 7 Note This upgrade accompanies the upgrade of CX One version 3 2 to CX One version 4 03 Version 1 95 The following functions have been added to the CX Simulator with the upgrade from Version 1 94 to Version 1 95 New PLCs Supported Simulation is newly supported for the following PLCs CPU Unit model CJ2M CPU1 1 12 13 14 15 31 32 33 34 35 Unit Versions of CS CJ CP NSJ series CPU Units Unit Versions A unit version has been introduced to manage CPU Units in the CS CJ CP NSJ Series according to differences in functionalit
161. eserrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrsrerrrrrrrrrrrrreeeeees 195 9 3 3 Auxiliary Area Read Write Area dncikiinaneedisien ei se ee 220 O24 Other Punt OMS o N a sancad ot dau cuuad coveed egesiumed N 224 9 4 1 Differences in CX Programmer Operation cccccccceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 22 OA Other Precatt ion Seanin E a see 22 177 CPU Unit Operation Section 9 1 9 1 CPU Unit Operation 9 1 1 General Flow 178 The CPU Unit operation of the Ladder Engine flows as follows excluding when Step Run Startup Startup Initial process Overseeing processing Computing process UM1 Personal computer cycle time Computing process UM2 Virtual pe cycle time atb Initialize I O memory Clear I O memory area area System work and check the user area memory area UM Download automati e Clear force set reset cally from the file etc memory Monitor the DIP switch Back up I O memory areas Execute the ladder diagram for applications Run process Execute the user program Error process Clear the I O memory area when an error occurs excluding when executing a FALS Execute the ladder diagram for debugging e Run process Execute the user program e Error process Clear the I O memory area when an error occurs excluding when executing a FALS The CX Simulator does not execute I O refresh However the virtual I O refresh time is added to the cycle time in the
162. etting indicates select the Settings button from the System Status window and then select UM Setting from the pop up menu indicates pressing multiple keys simultaneously Example e Ctrl S indicates press S key with the Ctrl key held down e Ctrl Shift L indicates press the L key with the Ctrl and Shift keys held down About Operation Examples xxxviii This manual describes operation and settings assuming that the target PLC is a CS CJ series PLC and the Programming Device is the CX Programmer XXX X PRECAUTIONS This section provides general precautions for using the Programmable Controller PLC and related devices The information contained in this section is important for the safe and reliable application of the Programmable Controller You must read this section and understand the information contained before attempting to set up or operate a PLC system kintended Audie O ae Ar N E N E R xli A General Preca ONS nearen a a a a xli Foe PTC CUE INS a A E A xli 4 Application Precautions esnia a a ER xlii xl Safety Precautions 1 Intended Audience This manual is intended for the following personnel who must also have knowledge of electrical systems an electrical engineer or the equivalent e Personnel in charge of installing FA systems e Personnel in charge of designing FA systems e Personnel in charge of managing FA systems and facilities 2 General Precautio
163. ettings Log file name C Program Files O mron FINS LOG L Oaia SF La Browse Read FINS Address Filters FINS Command Filters Save MIQIO1 Read JOM areal Clear All MIQIO2 Write JOM areal 0103 Write all IOM area set All 0104 Read complex JOM areas 10105 Transfer IOM area MIZSO1 Force set reset 2302 00 a5 Cancel Pi amp i nodes 1 11 1 GS H OPU64 FINS Address Network address fo Mode address 10 p FINS Command Command name Machine address Mame Add Delete Add Delete 2 Specify the file name for saving the log file Key in the name to the text box for the log file name or click the Browse button to input from the file dialog box 3 Set the FINS address filter Mark the appropriate items in the list of the FINS address filter Usually All nodes is selected Add delete of items are also possible 4 Set the FINS command filter Mark the appropriate items in the list of the FINS command filter Add delete of items are also possible 152 Generating Virtual External Inputs Section 8 3 5 Click the Set All button if selecting all items registered in the FINS ad dress command filter Click the Clear All if clearing all check items 6 Selecting the OK button will cause the settings valid Command Log Save Start Exit FINS Address Filter FINS Command Filter Note Note Note Set the Command Log Save Start after setting the Comman
164. etwork Communications Parameters cccccccccccccceeeecceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 17 I7 Execute Virtual External put sseieei i a a A 17 1 6 Comparison of CX Simulator and SYSMAC CS CJ series PLCS ccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 18 What Is the CX Simulator Section 1 1 1 1 What Is the CX Simulator 1 1 1 Summary Note 1 2 3 The CX Simulator emulates the operation of the CS CJ CP series CPU Unit see note 1 or the Controller Section of the NSJ Controller see note 2 to the computer providing an equivalent development environment to that of an actual PLC system only with software Furthermore various debugging func tions and tools that are not available in the actual PLC allow more effective development and debugging In this manual always assume that CS CJ series PLC also implies CP series PLCs unless otherwise specified When performing simulations for a CP series PLC use the instructions for the CS CJ series PLC Functions not supported by CP series PLCs however cannot be simu lated In this manual always assume that CJ series PLC also implies the Con troller Section of an NSJ series NSJ Controller unless otherwise specified When performing simulations for the Controller Section of the NSJ Controller use the instructions for the CJ series PLC Emulation for units other than network communications units and Serial Communications Boards Units is not available They ar
165. f file displayed in the File name box e Open Pressing this button after selecting the Save all file will read the file e Cancel Cancel reading the Save all file and close the dialog box 2 Select the Save all file and then click Open button Note In Read all the Debugger Setting File dbg will be specified Actually how ever the I O memory file dat that has the same name as the Debugger Setting File serial number will also be read 70 Debug Console Window Section 3 9 Save All Create the Save all file 1 2 3 1 Selecting the Save all in the File will display the following dialog box hare As Save Ir E3 Cs Simulator Autoexec dbe Save as type Debugger zetting file dbg Cancel e Save in The PLC data folder will be displayed in default Spec ify the folder after pressing the dropdown list to save into the other drive or folder e File name Name a Save all file e Save as type Select an extension and specify the type of file dis played in the File name box e Save Press this button when the file name and the folder for save are determined e Cancel Cancel saving the file and close the dialog box 2 Select a drive and folder for Save all 3 Input a file name in the File name box or select a file name from the list 4 Click the Save button to save the Save all file Note The file will be saved in the format specified with the file type even when it is spe
166. f the Unit for serial communications with I O Memory Allocation Enabling serial communications function of the CX Simulator may affect the operation of devices connected to the computer When external devices are not being used do not enable the serial communications function Unex pected operation of the external devices may cause an accident 121 Examples of Serial Communications Debugging Section 5 5 5 5 2 Debugging by Message Display The following items can be confirmed in debugging by message display Confirmation item Confirmation contents If the setting is Message A message will be displayed when executing a Send Enabled send instruction Possible to confirm if the system setting is correct ters are correct instruction of a TXD Instruction struction is displayed as a message RXD Instruction played of SEND RECV CMND command is displayed as a message A sample of message display when debugging serial communications is shown below Date Time Cycle count Communications instruction exe cuted Number of bytes sent and send data are displayed in sequence from the left Messages 2003 1031 13 23 3746521 0 10 0 RE CY 601018201 2COO0004 2005 1031 13 23 3746521 0 10 0 SEND 2801 028200C 0000040101 0202030304040509 2003 10 31 13 23 3746521 TAD SO abedetghykimnopqrstuyvepyel 2345670901 234567890 4 2003 1031 13 23 3746520 0 10 0 RE CYS 0101 8207 2C 000004 2003 10 31 13 25 37 46520
167. ferent 2 Remove the check mark of Add saving and try from setting parameters again disabled during Data Trace Failed to open the destination The file format is Specify another file name when Add saving and try file for adding the Trace data wrong when speci again Remove the check mark of Add saving fying Add saving Failed to save the sampling data Wrong path name Check if the path name is correct to The file being used 2 Check if another application is using the file Read only file or Check if read only or the user is authorized to Low disk space write Check if disk space is enough 4 Failed to start Timer 32 Windows timers Exit some applications and try again are exhausted in the whole system address Specified PLC type is not The target PLC Specify CS CJ CP Series as a target PLC supported Data Trace willnot specifies other than Start CS CJ CP Series The data of the setting file is The contents of the Create the setting file by Parameters Save again invalid setting file are wrong 234 Alarms and Remedies Section 10 2 10 2 Alarms and Remedies The following table shows possible alarms and their remedies when executing the CX Simulator Remove the alarm causes referring to the remedies Alarms Causes Remedies A fatal error occurred on Windows system call Exit some application programs and try again CX Simulator Ladder Engine Re __ error start Debugger ca
168. file csv can be re played e Output file Input the file name to output the monitor data corre sponding to the replay data to The format of the output file will be that of the data replay file csv e Output template If the data to be monitored into the output file is set to the other data replay file the file can be specified as the output template file e Browse Select the name of the replay file output file and output template file specifying the destination for browsing e FINS Address Set the destination FINS address for the data replay The FINS address for the Ladder Engine is set in default e Synchronous replay Replay synchronously e OK Start the Data Replay Tool with the present settings e Cancel Discard the present settings and exit the window 79 Debug Console Window Section 3 9 Data Replay Tool Data Replay Tool reads the data in the specified input file and set them in sequence as the virtual external input to the Ladder Engine Data Regeneration Tool CS1H CPU6 Simulator Replay data cx Program Files 0 MRON Simulator LOF insLoge tle Output data CH Program Files OMRON l S imulator loGeCsvOute csv Template CH Program Files OMRON C S imulator lOG lsy Tmp csv 100 f Pause Data 0z 15 Cycle counter 58 Exit Command Log replay Operating Continuous Run Target 1 1 0 Synchronous e Replay data Display the replay file set in the Data Replay Settings window
169. formation added Page x Information updated to include descriptions for CJ1 H R and CPIH CPIL CPU Units Pages xiii to xx Information on unit versions and supported functions updated Pages xxv and xxvi Manuals added to table Page 14 Information updated Pages 14 and 26 CX One version updated Pages 38 40 41 and 44 Menu name changed from PLC to Simulation 254 Terms and Conditions of Sale OMRON 5 7 10 11 12 13 Offer Acceptance These terms and conditions these Terms are deemed part of all quotes agreements purchase orders acknowledgments price lists catalogs manuals brochures and other documents whether electronic or in writing relating to the sale of products or services collectively the Products by Omron Electronics LLC and its subsidiary companies Omron Omron objects to any terms or conditions proposed in Buyers purchase order or other documents which are inconsistent with or in addition to these Terms Prices Payment Terms All prices stated are current subject to change with out notice by Omron Omron reserves the right to increase or decrease prices on any unshipped portions of outstanding orders Payments for Products are due net 30 days unless otherwise stated in the invoice Discounts Cash discounts if any will apply only on the net amount of invoices sent to Buyer after deducting transportation charges taxes and duties and will be allowed on
170. g for decrementing counters in certain ladder program struc tures vi Simplified System Exit Processing When the system is exited while the CX Simulator is connected a confirma tion dialog box will appear and upon confirmation the CX Simulator will be disconnected and the system shut down Version 1 3 The following functions have been added to the CX Simulator with the upgrade from Version 1 2 to Version 1 3 New PLCs Supported Simulation is newly supported for the following PLCs CPU Unit model numbers CJ1M CPU23 22 13 12 New Units in the CS and CJ Series are also supported for PLC Unit registra tion Starting and Connecting the CX Simulator from the CX Programmer With CX Programmer version 3 0 or higher the CX Simulator can be started and connected placed online from the CX Programmer After going online program transfer to the CX Simulator can be started immediately Windows XP Supported Version 1 4 The following functions have been added to the CX Simulator with the upgrade from Version 1 3 to Version 1 4 New PLCs Supported Simulation is newly supported for the following PLCs CPU Unit model numbers CS CS1D CPU67H 65H CS1D CPU67S 65S 44S 42S CJ1M CPU23 22 21 13 12 11 New Units in the CS and CJ Series are also supported for PLC Unit registra tion Version 1 5 The changes that have been made from version 1 4 to version 1 5 of the CX Simulator to enable support of new CPU Unit models
171. g the with current settings The network routing table is CX Integrator so that it does not overlap with the No used in the routing table of network No used by FinsGateway FinsGateway is used in the relay node table of CX Simulator Ladder Engine Failed to start Block Run of the The Block Run of a task can be executed only when selected cyclic task stopping Program mode Failed to create a PLC data Low hard disk Check if the folder is read only or the user is author folder space or no ac ized to write cess right CX Simulator Ladder Engine tion program is pleted try again writing to the UM Reset the set file in the P cama wizard ken Failed to read the routing table for Wrong setting of Reset the routing table using the meena Integrator FinsGateway Check a routing the routing table table for it Failed to save PLC data file Low hard disk Check if the hard disk has enough space and the user space or no ac is authorized to write cess right Failed to start CX Simulator Lad Wrong execution Exit executing application programs excluding the der Engine environment CX Simulator and try again Uninstall and then reinstall the CX Simulator Failed to start Data Replay Tool Wrong execution Exit executing application programs excluding the environment CX Simulator and try again Uninstall and then reinstall the CX Simulator 230 Error Processing Section 10 1 Symptoms Failed to start FinsGateway Wr
172. grammer Ver 6 1 or higher Page 5 Changed table Page 6 Changed table Page 7 Changed table Page 12 Changed wording of instructions at bottom of page Page 13 Added table Page 19 Changed table Page 20 Changed table Page 22 Changed table Page 25 to 34 Thoroughly revised Section 2 Page 38 Changed information for step following 3 3 1 Page 42 Changed information for step 5 Page 71 Added note Page 103 Changed information for 4 3 Page 118 Added Cat No to note at top of page Page 121 Added note Page 118 Added Cat No to first note Page 138 Added note Page 148 Added information to note Page 149 Added information to note Page 150 Added note Page 151 Changed information in note Page 225 Changed table Page 226 Changed table Page 232 Changed table Page 233 Changed table Page 239 Changed name of CX Net to CX Integrator July 2006 Contents revised to reflect the upgrade from version 1 6 to 1 7 CX Programmer version updated to 7 0 Cover and page xxi NSJ Series added Page viii CX Simulator version 1 7 information added Page xii Previous page removed and tables of unit versions and supported functions added Pages xiii to xvii Information updated Page xxi Manuals added to table Page 2 Note added Page 15 Information updated Page 16 Section 1 5 removed E July 2007 Contents revised to reflect the upgrade from version 1 7 to 1 8 4 Page ix CX Simulator version 1 8 in
173. he 8 bit binary rack number 00 to 07 where an I O Bus Error occurred When a transmission error occurs 1 Error in the SYSMAC BUS system the flag for the affected Master Unit will be turned ON A40500 Flag for Master Unit 0 A40501 Flag for Master Unit 1 When there is a setting error in the PLC Setup the location of that error is written to A406 in 4 digit hexadecimal The location is given as the address displayed on a Programming Console The CPU Unit will continue oper ating and the ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will flash A406 will be cleared when the cause of the error is eliminated Section 9 3 CX Simulator Function Settings Same as CS CJ series PLC Settings 1 Error Not used 0 No error No ee oo 0 No error 0 No error Same as CS CJ series PLC OO0A to OO9F hexadeci mal 215 VO Memory Allocation Address Name Words Bits A407 A40700 Too Many 216 eet Pees te series PLC Function The 6 possible causes of the Too Many I O Points Error are listed below The 3 digit binary value in A40713 to A40715 indicates the cause of the error values 0 to 5 correspond to causes 1 to 6 below The 13 bit binary value in A40700 to A40712 indicates the details the excessive value or the dupli cated unit number CPU Unit operation will stop and the ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will light 1 The number of I O points will be
174. he manual May 2002 Contents revised to reflect the upgrade from version 1 1 to 1 2 and from version 1 2 to 1 3 December 2003 Contents revised to reflect the upgrade from version 1 3 to 1 4 including the fol lowing changes Page vii Added information on upgrade from version 1 3 to 1 4 Page x Revised table of related manuals Page 18 Added information on program structure of CX Simulator Page 21 Changed table Page 28 Changed screen capture Page 29 Removed first sentence from note at top of page Page 66 Changed screen capture and table details Page 89 Added note Page 128 Changed screen capture Page 129 Added information on serial data files Page 140 Changed screen capture Page 177 Changed information for step 4 253 Revision History Revised content 05 a se 2005 Contents revised to reflect the upgrade from Version 1 4 to Version 1 5 and from Version 1 5 to Version 1 6 including the following changes Added information on CP Series throughout manual Page v Added information on DANGER and WARNING indications Page vii Added information on upgrade from Ver 1 4 to Ver 1 5 Page viii Added information on CP1H CPU Unit Page xi Changed table Page xv Changed tables Page xix Changed information on related manuals Page xx Added information on warranty and limitations of liability application considerations and disclaimers Page 2 Added information to Note concerning CX Simulator when using CX Pro
175. heduled interrupt tasks 1 power OFF in terrupt task and 256 external interrupt tasks In CS CJ series PLCs word allocation does not de pend only on slot position and it is not necessary to allocate words to an empty slot If a Unit requires several words those words can be allocated When a CS series PLC is being used the I O Table Registration operation must be executed If it is not executed the CPU Unit will not recognize each Basic I O Unit Special I O Unit and CPU Bus Unit that has been installed In CS CJ series PLCs peripheral servicing is per formed for the cycle time of one cycle to multiple cycles where the cycle time is extended up to 90 ms per one cycle CX Simulator In the CX Simulator the program is divided into two areas the program area for applications UM1 and for debugging UM2 One program area corresponds to a CS CJ s UM and accesses the same I O memory area Usually only UM1 is used However task numbers subroutine numbers and block program numbers can not overlap between program areas The following functions that are sup ported by CS CJ series Ver 2 0 and CP series CPU Units cannot be used e Task Transfer to PLC e Task Read Protection Functions as UM read protection The I O table is not used In the PLC Setup wizard or PLC Unit Setting the unit for own use is selected Although the machine number and the unit number are set the slot is not set The I O refresh time is calculated
176. hen an error occurred in 1 Error Same as Error Flag memory or there was anerrorin 0 No error CS CJ series Fatal error automatic transfer from the PLC Memory Card when the power was turned ON CPU Unit operation will stop and the ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will light The location where the error occurred is indicated in A40300 to A40308 and A40309 will be turned ON if there was an error during automatic transfer at start up This flag will be turned OFF when the error is cleared The auto matic transfer at start up error cannot be cleared without turning off the PLC 211 VO Memory Allocation Address Name Words Bits 212 A402 A40202 A40203 A40204 A40205 A40206 Special I O Unit Setting Error Flag Non fatal error CS CJ series CPU Bus Unit Setting Error Flag Non fatal error Battery Error Flag Non fatal error SYSMAC BUS Error Flag Non fatal error Special I O Unit Error Flag Non fatal error CS CJ series PLC Function ON when an installed Special I O Unit does not match the Special I O Unit registered in the I O table The CPU Unit will continue operating and the ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will flash The unit number of the Unit where the setting error occurred is indicated in A428 to A433 This flag will be turned OFF when the error is cleared ON when an installed CS CJ series CPU Bus Unit does not match the CS CJ se
177. her proscribed persons and ii disclosure to non citizens of regulated technology or information Miscellaneous a Waiver No failure or delay by Omron in exercising any right and no course of dealing between Buyer and Omron shall operate as a waiver of rights by Omron b Assignment Buyer may not assign its rights hereunder without Omron s written consent c Law These Terms are governed by the law of the jurisdiction of the home office of the Omron company from which Buyer is purchasing the Products without regard to conflict of law princi ples d Amendment These Terms constitute the entire agreement between Buyer and Omron relating to the Products and no provision may be changed or waived unless in writing signed by the parties e Severability If any provi sion hereof is rendered ineffective or invalid such provision shall not invalidate any other provision f Setoff Buyer shall have no right to set off any amounts against the amount owing in respect of this invoice g Definitions As used herein including means including without limitation and Omron Compa nies or similar words mean Omron Corporation and any direct or indirect subsidiary or affiliate thereof Certain Precautions on Specifications and Use 1 Suitability of Use Omron Companies shall not be responsible for conformity with any standards codes or regulations which apply to the combination of the Product in the B
178. hod to start the CX Simulator in the following cases e When the CX Simulator performs serial communications using a computer s serial port e When performing communications via a FinsGateway network e When specifying a PLC data directory and saving or reading UM or I O memory data for the Ladder Engine 3 3 1 Starting CX Simulator The following shows the CX Simulator s startup procedure 1 2 3 3 After clicking the Start button on the task bar select program Omron CX One CX Simulator as shown below If installed in the CX Simulator group fe Cx Sim ulator gt CX Simulator t CompoBus O Configurator OC Simulator Help Favorites pie LA CX Programmer E DataTrace Recording Tool EF Microsoft Word A CH Server Release Notes ye Documents WE MS DOS Prompt Key_man GJ Windows Explorer Ek Settings d A Find d mY Help Run Suspend Shut Down Asia E 2A Select PLC of the CX Simulator setup wizard will be displayed as shown below 32 Starting and Exiting from CX Simulator Menus Section 3 3 Select PLE Select PLO Setting f Create a new PLO PLC Setup Wizard Open an existing PLC Broywse PL data folders i Cancel 4 Selecting Create a new PLC allows to input necessary parameters for the simulation using the PLC setup wizard Selecting Open an existing PLC enables to simulate the PLC with the parameters input so far 5
179. ic Cyolic 1443 T ms Monitor button button displav time Task settings a execution displav Task status Close button Task startup in terval lose Name Function Main menu Select a menu Change task display Select the task to be displayed from the tasks regis tered in the program Cycle interrupt or All tasks Display the task type Cycle execution task or interrupt task If multiple interrupt types are set to a single in terrupt task they will be displayed as separate lines Task settings display For the cyclic task display Cycle For the interrupt task display its interrupt type Power interrupt sched uled interrupt I O interrupt or External interrupt Display the time unit ms for the clock interrupt task Task status display For a cyclic task display the execution status Initial Ready Run or Wait For an interrupt task display Run if it is being executed and nothing if it is not Task execution count Display the count for each task after the Ladder Engine is started or reset Task execution time Display the time required to execute each task The latest value Unit ms If an interrupt task is executed while executing the cyclic task the execution time for the interrupt task is also added If set as the computer cycle time the standby time for pausing with Step Run and Scan Run is added too Monitor button Switch between update monitoring and not update stop monitoring of th
180. idering debugging methods Decide debugging methods using virtual external inputs Decide the gen eration method of the virtual external input data according to the debug ging contents Generating virtual external inputs Generate virtual external inputs The contents are different depending on a data generation method Refer to 8 3 Generating Virtual External Inputs Running by virtual external inputs Actually generate virtual external inputs to run the program Refer to 8 4 Running by Virtual External Inputs Checking the result Check the result caused the program execution The time chart monitor ing the data tracing and the Data Replay file of the CX Programmer can be used to check Refer to 8 5 Checking the Result Consider debugging items in the following viewpoints for example e Normal Abnormal operation e Automatic Semi automatic Manual e Interlocking among equipment e Data collection monitoring from the application programs on the com puter Consider debugging methods in the following viewpoints for example e Data from actual units is available gt Data tracing e Easily operable from the gt Command log CX Programmer e Describe operation conditions in logic gt I O Condition expressions e Try complicated input conditions gt Ladder program for de bugging 149 Debugging Using Virtual External Inputs Section 8 2 Generating Virtual External Inputs Setting data Command log Static
181. ies CPU Units Units on which a version is given Ver L C SE Lot No XXXXXX XXXX Ver OO as ea ee OMRON Corporation MADE IN JAPAN CS1H CPU67H CPU Unit Ver LJ CS1 H CPU Units Ver U I CS series CPU Units Ver L L xiii Unit Versions CS Series Units Models Unit versions CS1 H CPU Units CS10 CPUDOH CS1D CPU Units CS1 CPU Units CS1 Version 1 CPU Units Duplex CPU Systems Unit version 1 2 CS1D CPULILIA Unit version 1 1 Pre Ver 1 1 Single CPU Systems Unit version 2 0 CS1D CPULILIS CJ Series CJ2 CPU Units CJ1 H CPU Units CJ1M CPU Units CP Series CJ2H CPU6L EIP Unit version 1 3 Unit version 1 2 Unit version 1 1 Unit version 1 0 CJ2H CPU6L Unit version 1 3 Unit version 1 2 Unit version 1 1 CJ2M CPUSL Unit version 1 0 CJ2M CPU1L CJ1H CPULILIJH R Unit version 4 0 Unit version 4 0 Unit version 3 0 Unit version 2 0 Pre Ver 2 0 CJ1M CPU12 13 Unit version 4 0 Ee Unit version 3 0 Unit version 2 0 Pre Ver 2 0 CJ1M CPU11 21 Unit version 4 0 Unit version 3 0 Unit version 2 0 CP1H CPU Units XIV CP1H XLILILILI LI Unit version 1 1 CP1H XAOOO C Unit version 1 0 CP1H YULUU L Unit version 1 1 CP1L CPU Units CP1L MUUL Unit version 1 0 CP1L LULL L Note CP series Unit Versions and Supported Functions Unit version 1 0 or 1 1 of the CP series CP1H CP1L CPU Units is
182. igh speed interrupt function e Synchronous unit operation xxii Functions Supported by Unit Version for CP series CPU Units Functions Supported by Unit Version 1 0 and 1 1 Functionality is the same as that for CS CJ series CPU Units with unit ver sion 3 0 The functionality added for CS CJ series CPU Unit unit version 4 0 is not Supported CP1H CPU Units e CX Programmer version 6 11 or higher is required to use CP1H XULILILI L XAUILILILI U with unit version 1 1 or 1 0 e CX Programmer version 6 20 or higher is required to use CP1H Y ILILILJ LJ with unit version 1 1 CP1H XUUILILI L CP1H YULILIL CP1H XAUUUL L L See note 1 See note 2 thls Ver 1 1 or Ver 1 0 Ver 1 1 later Function Pulse Allocated 4 axes at 2 axes at 2 axes at 100 outputs built in I O 100 kHz 100 kHz kHz terminals 2 axes at 30 kHz output terminals Note 1 The unit version for the CP1H XLJLILILI L XALILILILI L begins at 1 0 2 The unit version for the CP1H Y_ILJLILJ LJ begins at 1 1 3 CX Programmer version 7 11 or higher is required to use CP1L CPU Units with unit version 1 0 xxiii Unit Versions and Programming Devices CX Programmer version 4 0 or higher must be used to enable using the functions added for CPU Unit Ver 2 0 The following tables show the rela tionship between unit versions and CX Programmer versions Unit Versions and Programming Devices for CJ2 CPU Units CPU Unit Required Programming
183. ile The specified I O address is not A wrong file for Check if I O address data of a wrong format are in supported Operation exit mat cluded in the Replay Output file 233 Error Processing Section 10 1 Symptoms The specified output file could not The file does not Specify a Data Replay file or a template file of a cor be generated from the template _ exist or has a rect format file Operation exit wrong format The specified output file does not The file does not Specify a Data Replay file CSV text file of a correct exist or its data is invalid Opera jexist or has a format which is different from an execution file of the wrong format I O Condition Tool The target PLC was switched The target PLC The target PLC can not be changed while replaying from CX Simulator to an actual was changed data PLC Operation exit while data replay ing 10 1 5 Data Trace Recording Tool If an error occurs while operating the Data Trace Recording Tool the error contents will be displayed in the dialog box Remove the error causes referring to the remedies of range for editing the address to be sampled out of range for editing the address to be sampled communications error does not exist ual mode failed to start in auto automatic saving by mand line mode the command line Failed to execute Data Trace 1 Specify the same values as the saved parame Because the parameters of the ters file to be added are dif
184. ime stays unchanged during pausing because the time ac cumulates the virtual cycle time 4 3 2 Break Setting Lad Start point Break point I O Break Condition The Number of settings 32 points max For applications program area UM1 pica For debugging program area UM2 Unusable editing in the changed task downloading Operation after execution Clear setting after execu No change Continuous After the break condition is tion setting met the values of I O memory area within the conditions are reevaluated only when they have changed 97 Step Run and Break Section 4 3 4 3 3 Break Point The break point is where the program execution is paused Specifying a break point will automatically stop the program execution at the specified point As an example of break point the following introduces the case where moni toring the IR value used between FOR and NEXT Monitoring IR 98 meje a elele wey eE 3 EEE The Step Run enables monitoring the contents of Index Registers IR while executing a ladder diagram in the CX Programmer s Set Values window which used to be impossible Following diagram shows an example of IR usage extracted from the sample in 6 2 Index Registers of CS CJ Series Programming Manual W394 Setting a break pointer within the FOR to NEXT loop the hatched part in the diagram enables to check the change of IR within the FOR to NEXT loop Program Operand address mnemonic 000000
185. imulator cations registration Console display setting Serial communications setting E Serial port setting Time related PLC opera tion setting Data regeneration menu I O Condition Tool startup PLC operation setting Data Replay Tool startup UM setting Command log setting Alarm Messages 49 System Status Setting Window Section 3 7 3 7 System Status Setting Window 3 7 1 System Status Setting Window The System Status Setting window performs PLC model selection the Ladder Engine status display cycle time display UM set display network communications set Serial communications set and others Transition of System Status Setting Window System Status Setting Outline display mode Detail display mode Setting PLC selection ao setting wizard PLC unit registration Network communications setting Network communi cations registration Serial communications setting E Serial port setting Time related PLC opera tion setting PLC operation setting UM setting Messages Alarm 50 System Status Setting Window Section 3 7 Names and Functions PLC model ms H Syst AE C41 H PUey7 RUN ERR ARM Status display LED O CO hihi EB NETWORK Cycle time displa Pa peration mode Setting menu dis play button a Alarm display button Program mode UM settings display Te a Liha Da Message display button a i Messages Display
186. imulator from the CX Programmer Operation of the CX Programmer Differences Notices Transfer compare a program Run during a scan when in Step Run word during a scan when in Step Run Timer Counter even during a scan when in Step Run ential monitor Step Run Online Editing Online Editing is possible even during Step Run and scan Online Editing during Step Run including Continuous Step Run will return the program control to the head when Online Editing enabled for Scan Replay Step Run Data Trace Time Chart Monitoring The time axis the horizontal axis of the time chart moni toring shows the different time with that of the CX Simulator operation when in the virtual cycle time mode or pausing time in the virtual cycle time or computer cycle time Display Same The day of the week is automatically corrected following the calendar in the CX Simulator Note When operating the Ladder Engine only from the CX Programmer and not from the CX Simulator Debug Console in the Monitor mode and in Continuous Run the same operation as when the CS CJ series CPU Unit is connected to the CX Programmer can be performed 92 Debugging Operation Section 4 2 4 2 Debugging Operation The Ladder Engine has the execution mode for operating from the CX Simulator Debug Console as well as the modes in the CS CJ CP series PLC Changing the execution mode from the CX Simulator Debug Console allows more detailed debugging 4 2 1
187. ing Type of Service CS CJ series PLC Target Unit Group The data in the pre allocated area is exchanged within the servicing time without interruption time slic ing I O refresh Periph Event Service eral Will be serviced defined by the system Servic for the cycles to each service exe ing required cute every cycle If the Fixed Event ser vice Will be serviced for every cycle if required processing has com pleted within the allo cated time do not process for the re maining time but go to the next process Note Basic I O Unit including C200H High density I O Unit system and DeviceNet Special I O Unit for CS CJ C200H CPU Bus Unit Inner Board CPU Bus Unit Peripheral Port Serial Communications Port Inner Board Bus Service File Access Service Section 9 1 CX Simulator I O refresh is not exe cuted because external I O Units are not con nected to the CX Simulator Allocate the fixed time CS CJ series Special I O Unit Execute only servicing for Network Communi cations Unit Serial Communications Unit and file access within the servicing time without interruption time slic ing 1 The peripheral servicing is not reflected in the virtual cycle time The computer time required for processing is added for the computer cycle time 2 For the computer cycle time short computing process time of a ladder program may cause the cycle tim
188. ink Operating Level De tection Flags CS CJ series PLC Function Contains the Maximum Interrupt Task Processing Time in units of 0 1 ms This value is cleared when PLC operation begins Contains the task number of the interrupt task with the maximum processing time Hexadecimal values 8000 to 80FF correspond to task numbers 00 to FF Bit 15 is turned ON when an interrupt has occurred This value is cleared when PLC operation begins Indicate whether PLC Link Units are mounted to the PLC as fol lows A44211 PLC Link operating level 1 A44212 PLC Link operating level 0 9 3 3 Auxiliary Area Read Write Area Address A500 220 A50012 A50013 4 Bia Hold Bit Forced Status Hold Bit Section 9 3 CX Simulator Function Settings Same as CS CJ series PLC Binary data in the unit of Settings CS CJ series PLC ER hexadeci mal 1 Unit mounted 0 Unit not mounted CS CJ series PLC CX Simulator Settings Settings Turn this bit ON to preserve the status of the I O Memory when shifting from PROGRAM to RUN or MONITOR mode or vice versa If the status of the IOM Hold Bit itself is preserved in the PLC Setup IOM Hold Bit Status the status of the I O Memory Area will be retained when the PLC is turned ON or power is inter rupted Turn this bit ON to preserve the status of bits that have been force set or force reset when shifting from PROGRAM to MONITOR mode or vice
189. input dialog box for a Unit number or Machine number will be displayed as shown below Input Unit number for the CPU Bus Unit and Machine number for the Special I O Unit Unit number or Machine number will be converted to Unit address and displayed in the Registered PLC Unit List Enter Unit No Virtual Communications Unit X Unit No EME Cancel e f a unit is added the typical I O refresh interval for each unit will be added to the logical I O refresh interval e Double clicking the registered CPU Bus Unit or Special I O Unit enables to change the Unit number Set the Unit numbers so as not to overlap each other Register the Units for the number actually to be used Mismatching number will cause incorrect calcu lation of the I O refresh interval As the Simulator Communications Unit is a virtual unit the virtual I O refresh interval will be O ms Unlike an actual PLC the CX Simulator does not limit the number of Units excluding a CPU Bus Unit to be registered Refer to 9 2 Cycle Time and Time for the detail of the cycle time 5 Clicking the Next N gt button after completing the registration of the Units to be used will display the Network Communications Settings window Set for the network communications process from the ladder process to the external devices e Network Communications Settings PLO Setup Wizard Network Communications Settings Set up Network Cammunicatians Unit Local FIN
190. ion Number Text String Conversion Instructions OK instructions NUM4 NUM8 NUM16 STR4 STR8 and STR16 TEXT FILE WRITE TWRIT Using SFC programming in tasks OK with CX Programmer Ver 7 2 or higher Using ST language programming in tasks OK with CX Programmer Ver 7 2 or higher CS1D CPU Units Unit version 4 0 is not supported XV CJ1 H CJ1M CPU Units CJ1 _J CPULI_LIH CJ1G CPUL LIP CJ1M CPUL Online editing of function blocks Note This function cannot be used for simulations on the Unit version 4 0 or Other unit versions later CX Simulator Input iach variables in function blocks a New application Number Text String Conversion Instructions instructions NUM4 NUM8 NUM16 STR4 STR8 and Saal Using ST language programming in tasks OK with CX Programmer Ver 7 2 or higher Using SFC programming in tasks OK with CX Programmer Ver 7 2 or higher XVI e Functions Supported for Unit Version 3 0 or Later The following tables list the functions added for unit version 3 0 and supported by the CX Programmer CX Programmer version 5 0 or higher and CX Simulator version 1 5 or higher are required to use these functions CS1 H CPU Units CS1L CPULI_JH Unit version 3 0 or Other unit versions later Serial Gateway converting FINS commands to CompoWay F commands at the built in serial port Expanded simple backup data New application TXDU 256 RXDU 255 support no protocol OK inst
191. ion window 5 Set the Communications Setting to Actual communications to select a COM port name Note Do not select a COM port name that overlaps with the one allocated in actual communications or the Serial Data File 6 Press the OK button to exit the Serial communications registration window and to return to the Serial communications settings window 7 Confirm the communications settings and the COM port name are identical to the contents set in procedure 5 to press the OK button 8 Download the screen data to the PT For the communications settings on the PT set as Protocol NT Link 1 N Unit No 0 Communications speed Standard Note Ifa COM port used by the PT s support tool overlaps with the one used by the CX Simulator downloading may fail in the Connect status After Discon nect download by the support tool 9 After completing setting on the PT Connect to perform actual commu nications via NT Link Note Inthe NT Link communications I O memory values are read written from to the PT halfway during the Ladder Engine s scanning because the communi cations are executed asynchronously to the Ladder Engine 120 Examples of Serial Communications Debugging Section 5 5 5 5 Examples of Serial Communications Debugging 5 5 1 Procedure for Debugging Serial Communications Instructions 1 2 3 caution Set the communications settings of serial communications to to debug the porti
192. ion Programs Section 7 2 146 SECTION 8 Debugging Using Virtual External Inputs 8 1 Outline of Virtual External Input Function eeeeeeseeeeessseessesssssssssssssssssssssssesseseseaas 148 8 1 1 Outline of Virtual External Input Function cccccceeeseseeeseeessessssssssesssssssssessseeeeas 148 85 2 Debussing Usine Virtwal External ln puts sssini a a a 149 8 2 1 Outline of Debugging Using Virtual External Inputs ccccceeessseeeseseeesseeseseeeees 149 5 3 Generating Virtual External Inputs s mercerie rinn iniaa E elogi eai 152 S eC OMM n LO ian E A 152 5 9 2 Data Trace F ileen a a a a a N 156 8 3 3 Data Replay File CSV format text file scsssssnt ures sware ct cavarnsceetecssdceaccuatensecasdceatdeateciecass 157 8 3 4 Multipoint Data Collection Tool ccccccceeeeeeesssssssssessessseesseseseeesesesssstssesssssseeeagaas 159 8 3 5 Messages Displayed in the Error histOry ccccecseeeeeesesseeeeeeeessssssssssssssssssssesseseseeaes 162 6 3 6 O COMGIMOM E XPrESSION Siento a a a a 162 8 3 7 Ladder Program for DeDugoing senerare AEE AEE 165 8 4 Running by Virtual External Inputs ceseseesseeceseessssesesssseaseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 166 8 4 1 Running by Virtual External Inputs 20 0 0 eeeeeseeeeeeeeseeesssssssssssssssssssssssssseseeaeaas 166 8 4 2 How to Run by Data Replay Tool oimai A A a aaa E h 166 8 4 3 Replay Using the I O Condition Tool cece eeeeeeeseeeeeseeseeeseessesss
193. ion manuals attached to the hardware such as Controller Link support board for data link function itself Refer to Section 5 FinsServer Series Common Functions Cyclic Server of FinsServer Series Handbook attached to FSV Comm or DataFlowNavi for Access for the Cyclic Server of FinsServer Series Available FINS Commands Section 6 5 6 5 Available FINS Commands 6 5 1 The List of Available FINS Commands Type Command Name Function code I O Memory MEMORY AREA READ Reads consecutive data from the I O memory area MEMORY AREA WRITE Writes consecutive data to the I O memory area 01 03 MEMORY AREA FILL Fills the specified range of I O memory with the same data MULTIPLE MEMORY AREA Reads non consecutive data from the I O memory READ area 01 05 MEMORY AREA TRANSFER __ Copies and transfers consecutive data from one part of the I O memory area to another Parameter Area Ac cess 02 03 PARAMETER AREA FILL Fills the specified range of the parameter area with the same data 03 06 PROGRAM AREA READ Reads data from the user program area PROGRAM AREA WRITE Writes data to the user program area 03 PROGRAM AREA CLEAR Clears the specified range of the user program area RUN convo e DEBUG mode Configura tion Read 05 Status a cycle times Clock Ac 07 cess 07 Message Reads Clears messages and FAL S messages Access 1 Access C O Right ACCESS RIGHT ACQUIRE Acquires the access right if no other device holds 2 ACCESS
194. ipheral servicing in the same cycle Network Communications Completion Cleared always Code normal status COM Port Logging Function Save communications history to a file when serial communications are per formed with a COM port on the computer allocated This function is available when the communications setting for serial communications is set to File or Actual communications although disabled for NT Link e Folder PLC data folder LOG e Input file name COM port name LOG ixt Error Logs The error logs function of Serial Communications Boards Unit is not available 112 Serial Communications Settings Section 5 2 5 2 Serial Communications Settings Note If necessary Serial Communications Units have already been registered go to Procedure 5 1 2 3 3 Add Serial Communications Unit Add necessary Serial Communications Units in Status Settings Reg ister PLC Unit Register PLC Unit Change the settings of PLO Unit used in this project Unit Selection List cs mmunications Units Controller Link Unit OS1WeCLE11 Controller Link Unit GOS1WeCLEB1 Ethernet Unit CS1W ETNO1 Serial Communications Unit 51 w SCU21 Virtual Communications Unit Registered PL Unit List M addr MamelType OOH GPU Unit 00S1H CPUET 1FH Virtual Communications Unit Estimated 0 refresh interval 0 0000 ms e Select Communications Unit or Inner Board in the Unit Selection List and click
195. irtual tions Unit Communications Unit is set FINS commands to Network FINS commands to Network Communications Unit are not supported Communications Unit 128 Network Communications Setting Section 6 2 6 2 Network Communications Settings Note Ifthe necessary Network Communications Units are registered proceed to the procedure 5 1 2 3 1 Adding Network Communications Units Add Network Communications Units with System Status Settings Register PLC Unit Register PLC Unit Change the settings of PL Unit used in this project Unit Selection List Communications Units Controller Link Unit OS1W CLE11 Controller Link Unit O51 WeCLE21 Ethernet Unit CS1W ETNO1 l Serial Communications Unit 51w 50 U21 Yirtual Communications Unit Registered PL Unit List M addr NamelTypel 00H CFU Unit S1H OPUBT 1FH Virtual Communications Unit Estimated 10 refresh interval O 0000 ms pate Select the Communications Unit in the Unit Selection List click the Con troller Link Unit or Ethernet Unit and press the lt lt key to add to the Unit Selection List Note If Network Communications Units are added deleted anew the Ladder En gine will be restarted Note Register at least one Network Communications Unit even when network communications are not performed When network communications are not used use the Virtual Communications Unit registered in default Registration of the Virtua
196. ith Application Programs Section 7 2 Work C2 Simulator Jo E3 Virtual Commications Unit Etn Unit Connect Disconnect FINS address of Virtual Comms Network address Mode address Machine address ml Close Ja ide to Connect Fress the Connect button and Gx SimuNetor will be able to work with other applications Stopped Wirtual Communications Unit e f the FINS address set by the application program can not be changed Disconnect the Simulator and then change the node address of the network communications unit in the System Status Settings Network Commu nications Settings window Note The CX Simulator generates a FINS network address automatically when Connect Use the FINS network address displayed when Connect as that to be used by the application program e If multiple networks exist the routing table for FinsGateway must be changed For instructions on changing the routing tables refer to Section 3 of the CxX ntegrator Operation Manual W445 4 Turn the Run mode of the Ladder Engine to Continuous Run in the CX Simulator Debug Console window 5 Execute the application program to check its operation Note When changing the contents of I O memory areas of the Ladder Engine for debugging application programs use the CX Programmer 142 Connection with Application Programs Section 7 2 7 2 3 Connection via Network This section describes how to connect an app
197. l Communications Unit does not affect the cycle time because its virtual I O refresh time is 0 ms 2 The Unit Number Input Input the Unit number if the Network Communi cations Unit is added Enter Unit No Ethernet Unit CS1W ETHNO1 lance 129 Network Communications Setting Section 6 2 Note Set the Unit number so as not to overlap with the one of another CPU Bus Unit The Unit number of the Virtual Communications Unit is set to 15 in default 3 Press the OK button to return to the Register PLC Unit window and register the Unit in the Unit Registration List 4 Press the OK button to register the Network Communications Unit 5 The Network Communications settings will be displayed in the System Status Settings Network Communications Settings window Change the network communications settings Local FINS ad 1FH Virtual Communications Unit 0 1 31 ZE 11H Controller Link Unit 0 1 17 Fa Ethernet Unit edit Lok f cae 6 Network Communications Settings Registration Selecting the Network Communications Unit to be set followed by clicking the Edit button will display the Register Network Communications window Register Network Communications Machine address Hex Communications Local FINS address Network address Meade address Machine address Cancel 130 Network Communications Setting Section 6 2 7 The Node Address Setting Set the
198. lapsed fio sec Trace Status See a oes Options button Data cdt Browse Write settings Trace Status Start button button apsed 0 sec Samples Se 7 Exit button Exit Limit of values Target PLC to Specify the FINS address for the PLC where data tracing will be Network 0 to 127 Trace performed Node 1 to 126 Only network node address can be input Unit O fixed Sampling Area Register addresses where bits and words are sampled Number of bits 0 to 31 Edit Edit bit word addresses in the Sampling Address Setting Number of words 0 to 6 window Set at least one to either of bits or words within the range on the right Sampling interval Set the sampling interval as fixed and enter the interval in the 10 to 2550 text box unit ms Trace per cycle of the ladder program a Abort Value Specify the value for exiting the data tracing PS Specify either of after getting specified number of samples or after specified time elapsed Specify the value for exiting the data tracing 1 to 65535 ae Specify the time for tracing 1 to 65535 Specify the unit for the time above either of second minute or re hour Trace Data Record Specify the file name for saving the sampling data either ina A network name can not File relative path or in an absolute path be specified Display the File Name Setting dialog Options settings Set options regarding trace data saving Lr E je Unit address T 10 Read settings bu
199. lator can not be sent to the outside of the computer due to the CX Simulator s restrictions FINS commands by the Network Communications instruction can be sent only within the computer Therefore communications with an application program using FinsGateway on the computer or the CPU Unit of FinsGateway are possible 6 3 2 Receive FINS Commands from the External Devices via Network Communications When sending FINS commands from the external devices to the Ladder En gine via Network Communications there are no special restrictions The same network connection as actual CS CJ CP series PLCs can be performed Create the Routing Table The following operation is required because the network used by the CX Simulator is different from the one connected to external devices e Set the routing table for FinsGateway of the computer e Set the relay network table for the Ladder Engine Note For instructions on setting the routing tables refer to Section 3 of the CX Integrator Operation Manual W464 6 3 3 Precautions when Using Network Communications Duplicate FINS Address If the node address for the network communications unit of the Ladder Engine overlaps with the one of the FinsGateway Virtual Communications Unit when Connect communications can not be performed To avoid this situation change the FINS node address for either the network communications unit of the Ladder Engine or for the FinsGateway Virtual Communications Unit Updat
200. layed fast on the CX Simulator If this option is not checked the data will be saved to the file with the esti mated cycle count calculated from the actual PLC s average cycle time when starting sampling and the sampling interval set in the Multipoint Data Collec tion Tool When this data is replayed on the CX Simulator the data replay speed may become very slow if the cycle count of the CX Simulator proceeds slowly 6 Input to Sampling data file a name of file where sampled data will be saved Also clicking the Browse button allows to specify a destination file name directly If an existing file is specified the file will automatically be overwritten when sampling starts Make sure in advance the file may be overwritten 7 Clicking the Start button will start sampling data according to the set contents 8 Once the sampling is started the elapse time after starting sampling is displayed in Time 161 Generating Virtual External Inputs Section 8 3 9 Clicking the Stop button will stop the data sampling to save the sampled data in the file Note When the sampling count from the sampling start exceeds 65 535 the file is automatically divided In this case the name of second sampling data save file is the specified file name with 2 appended at the end of it e g sam ple2 csv for sample Further when the sampling count for the second save file exceeds 65 535 3 is appended similarly e g
201. layed in the interval of the cycle time counter saved at the same time as the data Output Data File The Output Data File is a text file of the same format as the Data Replay File csv The data to be output to the file must be registered in advance at the 1st line parameter line of the Data Replay File The parameter line needs to be set using a commercial text editor or a spreadsheet software etc or the template file must be specified before starting the Data Replay Tool Template File The Template File is a text file of the same format of the Data Replay File When creating a new output data file by the Data Replay Tool and monitoring the same data as the Data Replay File specifying the Data Replay File as a template file will copy the parameters line automatically Output data file Template file Copy the 1st line 1st Parameters line From 2nd line Data lines Note Ifan existing output file is specified in the Data Replay Tool monitor data will be appended to the end of the output file If both the output file and the output template specify I O memory that of the output file is given priority 168 Running by Virtual External Inputs Section 8 4 How to Run the Data Replay Tool Starting the Data Replay Tool This section explains the testing procedure using the Data Replay Tool 1 2 3 1 Select Data Replay in the CX Simulator Debug Console Replay to display the Data Replay Settings window Data
202. le menu to display the Configuration window of the I O Condition Tool Condition Z Configuration File Edit Help Delay ms 0 M O 0 Oh 0 M D1 o00 4 9999 Logical Expression Bit Condition Registered Condition Condition DEL or and 0 0 1 0 Type Address Operator C fio fio E ic fio 7 Jao E zj fio 7 fio Delay time ms amp Word Condition Output DEL and D1000 49999 Type Address Operator value i D fioo E 999 3 Select Bit Condition or Word Condition and set logical expressions to be added to the condition expressions Note Refer to 4 3 5 I O Break Condition Setting for the setting method of logical expressions 4 Click the lt lt button on the side of condition expressions to add the set logic expression to the condition expression 163 Generating Virtual External Inputs Section 8 3 Restrictions 164 5 When registering multiple logic expressions to the condition expression insert logic operators between logic expressions Click the or or and button 6 Repeat 4 and 5 until completing the condition expression Directly editing the condition expression is also possible 7 Input a delay time unit ms 8 Select Bit Condition or Word Condition and set logic expressions to be added to the output expression In the output expressions only can be used as a condition operator and only and as
203. les to simulate I O Application programs and the debugging program share the I O memory areas When the contents of designated I O memory area bits or words satisfy the contents of condition expression the values are set to the designated I O memory area after the designated delay time Multiple expressions can be set Convenient Functions Section 1 3 1 3 Convenient Functions Monitor IR DR Block Run Support debugging of ap plication programs on the computer Coordinated functions with commercial software The CX Simulator provides the following convenient functions By Step Run the contents of IR DR for each task during ladder diagram exe cution can be monitored with the CX Programmer SV monitoring which has been difficult to debug After setting break points to the mnemonic codes in the Step Run window executing the ladder diagram allows to monitor the value before the mnemonic code is executed Any range of a program can be executed by designating the execution start point the start pointer and execution interrupt point the break pointer When developing a monitoring program or a data collection program on the computer debugging communications functions was done with the actual PLC connected If the CX Simulator is used together on the other hand a single computer will do all of the debugging Valid only for application programs using FinsGateway Coordinated functions with commercial spreadsheet pr
204. letion Codes A211 All Number of Ports Available for CJ2 Network Instructions A219 A21900 Communi to cations Port A21907 Error Flags A22000 Basic I O Unit Input Response Times 198 Section 9 3 CS CJ series PLC CX Simulator Settings Settings ON when the CJ2 network in structions can be used The de fault is ON This flag is used to show the availability of the SEND2 CMND2 PMCR2 and RECV2 network instructions CJ2 series PLCs only These words contain the comple tion codes for the corresponding port numbers when network in structions SEND RECV CMND or PMCR have been executed Words A203 to A210 correspond to communications ports 0 to 7 The completion code for a given port is cleared to 0000 when a network instruction with that port number is executed When the value of this word be comes 0 the A20208 bit will turn OFF This word is used for the SEND2 CMND2 PMCR2 and RECV2 network instructions only The communications load can be checked with this bit CJ2 series PLCs only ON when an error occurred dur ing execution of a network in struction SEND RECV CMND or PMCR Bits 00 to 07 corre spond to communications ports 0 to 7 All of these flags are turned OFF at the start of program execution and the flag for a given port is turned OFF when a network in struction with that port number is executed These words contain the actual input response times for CS CJ s
205. li Aode F area ESF Filter Check 1 41 1 251H GPU6d MICO GiWrite IOM areal T0103 irite all IOM area Seal FINS Command Filter 0104 Read complex IOM areas Registration List FINS Command Filter Filter Check 10105 Transfer OM areal Wl2301 Force set reset 2302 Cancel All Forces Cancel E FINS Address FINS Command Network address E Mode address 10 Po Machine address Mame Add Delete Command name Fead IOM area 0101 Add Delete e Log file name Input the file name for saving the Command Log If the existing file is specified the log data will be appended to the bottom of the file e Browse The Log file can be selected by browsing e Read Read the Command Log settings from the file e Save Save the Command Log settings to the file e Clear All Clear the filter check for all of the registered items of the FINS address filter and the FINS command filter e Set All Select the filter check for all of the registered items of the FINS address filter and the FINS command filter OK Save the present settings and exit the window e Cancel Discard the present settings and exit the window 81 Debug Console Window FINS Address Filters e Registration List e Filter Check e Add e Delete e Network address e Node address e Machine address e Name Section 3 9 Display the FINS address selectable as the FINS ad dress fi
206. lication program on another computer to the Ladder Engine via network Ethernet Ethernet Ladder Engine O FinsGateway Note When connecting via network the routing table must be set for FinsGateway and the relay network table for the Ladder Engine because two communica tions lines are required for the computer with the CX Simulator For instruc tions on setting the routing tables including the relay network table refer to Section 3 of the CX Integrator Operation Manual W464 Note When connecting via Ethernet the Runtime version of FinsGateway is sepa rately required for the computer with the CX Simulator 1 2 3 1 Start the FinsGateway Service Manager to activate the CPU Unit and the Ethernet Unit of FinsGateway 2 Start the CX Simulator to select the PLC data folder required to debug application programs Each window of Work CX Simulator CX Simulator Debug Console and System Status will be displayed 3 Clicking the Target Comm Unit drop down list in the Work CX Simulator window will display the list of usable communications units of FinsGateway Select Controller Link Unit in the list 4 Click the Connect button to display the FINS address of the Ladder En gine in the Guide to Connect 143 Connection with Application Programs Section 7 2 Work C2 Simulator Jo Ea Virtual Commications Unit ha FINS address of Virtual Comms Network address Mode address Machine address
207. lter The All local nodes shows all FINS ad dresses in the computer Usually specify the All local nodes as the filter registered as the initial value and can not be deleted Check here if selecting items in the Registration List Add the FINS address to the Registration List Delete the selected items in the Registration List Specify the FINS network address to be added to the Registration List Specifying will target all of the network addresses Specify the FINS node address to be added to the Registration List Specifying will target all of the node addresses Specify the FINS node address to be added to the Registration List Specifying will target all of the machine numbers Specify the name of the FINS address to be added to the Registration List FINS Command Filters e The Registration List e Filter Check e Add e Delete e Command name Display the filter of the FINS commands selectable as the FINS command filter When selecting compare from top of the FINS commands and save the matched commands as the log Check here if selecting the item in the Registration List Add the filter of the FINS command to the Registration List Delete the selected items in the Registration List Display the list of FINS command filters registered in advance Note Refer to 8 3 Generating Virtual External Inputs for the details of the Command Log setting Command log View Log Display the
208. ly if i the invoice is paid according to Omron s payment terms and ii Buyer has no past due amounts Interest Omron at its option may charge Buyer 1 1 2 interest per month or the maximum legal rate whichever is less on any balance not paid within the stated terms Orders Omron will accept no order less than 200 net billing Governmental Approvals Buyer shall be responsible for and shall bear all costs involved in obtaining any government approvals required for the impor tation or sale of the Products Taxes All taxes duties and other governmental charges other than general real property and income taxes including any interest or penalties thereon imposed directly or indirectly on Omron or required to be collected directly or indirectly by Omron for the manufacture production sale delivery importa tion consumption or use of the Products sold hereunder including customs duties and sales excise use turnover and license taxes shall be charged to and remitted by Buyer to Omron Financial If the financial position of Buyer at any time becomes unsatisfactory to Omron Omron reserves the right to stop shipments or require satisfactory security or payment in advance If Buyer fails to make payment or otherwise comply with these Terms or any related agreement Omron may without liabil ity and in addition to other remedies cancel any unshipped portion of Prod ucts sold hereunder and stop any Products in transit until Buyer pay
209. m but with the CX Simulator xlii SECTION 1 Introduction l 1 What Is the CX Sim latot 3 05 sacacteesansissiacesavtevasaaeeeeeeevess ane Rees ies 2 EEE D E E E E E E AAA E A EE A R Y 2 1 1 2 Software Configuration of CX Simullator cccccccssesessssesssessesesssseeseseeesesseeeeeeeeeeens 3 Pot Base Block AiO rat iss cii8 ict etc acts E dian shan aea td a umtensd seed 5 1 1 4 Summary of CX Simulator Functions Comparisons with Actual PLC 6 eZ AC E e sit aerate E A art E de ase E andthe E E S A O S E 9 Pee PCAN S u a S andey tacts cues aaanasa aalen tea agaeee saat Gace 9 t C Oly Cire mit PUM C EOS vies ais tacuttiasgsinin ainaccatia Wea a a dic teanvrdencunctias 13 1 4 Applicable PLC models and Computers ccccccccccccccccceeeeesseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 14 1 4 1 Applicable PLC models irescuisscssssssnissiisonaeievsaseyivneasesoveesseysvonasesesauseonnseuousmaanunsomnceenns 14 lA COMPE e ia panded eo a a a 15 Te Operation ListAtanecd Dy PULpOSC ecusdtitccseasesarieencrwate E R 16 1 5 1 Setting Operation Environment ss0ssssseseeseeesessevenosesonenssesseesesensnensesnsresovessnenssee 16 123 2 PROG PAM EXECU OM ro ana nA EA EEO 16 P2525 Propran De DU ee NE sze e ee a ee 16 jCSa ye Monitor thie Stai icumemennnr rn erean ene E rr aw errer wren ern nt 17 1 5 5 Set Serial Communications Settings ccccccccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 17 1 5 6 Set N
210. m occupancy causes Wait to be added in the cycle process automatically The initial value is 60 eOK Save the current setting and exit the window e Cancel Discard the current setting and exit the window 2 Click the OK button when setting is completed 57 System Status Setting Window Section 3 7 3 7 6 PLC Operation Settings The PLC Operation Settings window allows to set for PLC operation 1 2 3 1 Selecting PLC Operation Settings in the System Status Setting Set tings menu will display PLC Operation Settings window PLC Operation Settings EJ iv Replay from the top of the same scan after online editting checkout Sean Replay is disabled Disable Cycle time watching Dip Switch Settings CS UNM Protected If CSW UM Automatic Boot S35 Programming Console Language Sid Peripheral Port Baud Rate SW AS23520 Port Baud Rate Swe User Switch 64395129 SW Unused Sue Unused Cancel e Replay from the top of the Set whether or not to enable online edit when same scan after online Scan Replay Step Run e Disable Cycle time Disable the watchdog timer WDT The Watch watching Cycle Time in the PLC Setup and the WDT instruction setting are disabled When disabled a CPU error will not occur even if the cycle time exceeds the setting e DIP Switch Settings Set the equivalent setting to the DIP switches of the CPU Unit e UM Automatic Boot Set to read Autoexec file autom
211. mand Filters and Data Replay Possible Not possible for usable FINS command filters and whether the saved data is pos sible to be replayed or not When adding items to the list of FINS command filter select the items to be added FINS command name in the dropdown list of the FINS command filter When deleting items from the list of FINS command filter select the items to be deleted in the list and click the Delete button of the FINS command filter At least one FINS address command filter must be set respectively to create the command log An error will not occur in the Data Replay Tool even if a filter that can not be replayed is set The details for FINS commands are given in the Communications Commands Reference Manual The upper limit of the command log file size is 30 MB If exceeded the log data will not be saved after that 153 Generating Virtual External Inputs Section 8 3 List of Usable FINS Command Filters and Data Replay Possible Not possible Access IOM area FINS Command Replay possible Read IOM area Not possible Write IOM area 154 Write all IOM area Read complex IOM areas Not possible Transfer IOM area Access parameter area FINS Command Replay possible Read IOM area Not possible Write IOM area 02 103 Write all IOM area Possible Execution controls FINS Command Replay possible Execution Controls Start Execution Controls Stop Access time info FINS Command Replay possible Rea
212. mands from outside of the computer to the Ladder Engine can be received Refer to 6 3 Network Connection for details Differences between when The operational differences of the Status Area and Auxiliary Area when set as set to message and actual communications are not performed message are shown below when real communications are performed Instruction words Contents o Network instructions Network REE Always aore An error does not SEND RECV CMND Error Flag occur Network Communications Turns OFF Disabled when the Enabled Flag command is issued and ON En abled when peripheral servicing in a cycle started Network Communications Cleared Always normal End code Functional Restrictions Network Communications When adding changing Network Unit Settings exit the PLC once Save I O Settings memory and take other measures before adding changing the Unit Software Switch Setting Setting the software switch for the Communications Unit can not be per formed Although setting by browsing can be done it is not used by the CX Simulator Unit Setting for Ethernet Unit Setting the software switch for the Ethernet Unit can not be performed Al though setting by browsing can be done it is not used by the CX Simulator Network Instructions when Network communications instructions with the FINS address for the Virtual Using Virtual Communica Communications Unit specified can be used even when only the V
213. me Usini the CX Proer amin en eeens aa a a dives aiionaceaes O 92 Ae NDS ie Ott oC eT UNO TM eisai ead tacatal teak oie 8 walls tase tak he alas Hasta a ak ieee a ahd tats acal Tea eae 93 4e ee de PM ROn ge 108 a2 eee meee ee ee eee eee eee ee 97 g Task DEDUS ONS oF LAL a TAC RL Se TAC RAL ee oe on cau uae 105 SECTION 5 DEBUGGING SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS zu tccsccsccccccecccccccccccsseee 109 d Outhine of Serial Communi AUIS eeno 2S ees aac ce og aces 110 5 2 Serial Communications SELUMOS seoses e aloe beara ats EE iain wien teak hie a tie elie ale ere lets 113 5 3 Seral Communications COMME COM semiaren n e Ra a i e sata E a TENE 117 SAC oneone PIT Va NT LNE eA A E E a 120 xxviii 5 5 Examples of Serial Communications Debugging cccceeceeseeesseeeeesseeeesesssssssssssseseesseseeesssssassesssesasaeaeaaeaaaaaas 121 SECTION 6 DEBUGGING NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS 0 ccc esssssccesssssscceeesccees 125 6 1 Outhnesor Network Communications 5 22 5 45665 3 5552 bias Siac eins ee ed a 126 6 2 Network Communications Settings sesecks erie ieh i tases a N nada a s eins a a a bectehens 129 623 NeW CO ONGC OI sais ee aa E a ssnasasetansaisaeuuetasaeaneatsuetueds 132 6 4 Example of Debugging Network Communications c cccsssssseesseseessssssssssssssssssseseseeseeessesessessaasssaesssaaaaaaaas 133 G25 AAV cD VS F INS Command Sa eaten ects aca cectie teense uaanaw ec cent es wag tae uate taanesoic tate ond autos aatadeeet
214. med if necessary ON when an online editing proc ess is waiting If another online editing com mand is received while waiting the other command won t be recorded and an error will occur ON when an online editing proc ess is being executed ON when a network instruction SEND RECV CMND or PMCR can be executed with the corresponding port number Bits 00 to 07 correspond to commu nications ports 0 to 7 When two or more network in structions are programmed with the same port number use the corresponding flag as an execu tion condition to prevent the in structions from being executed simultaneously The flag for a given port is turned OFF while a network instruction with that port number is being executed Section 9 3 CX Simulator Function Settings Same as CS CJ series PLC Settings ON for the first cycle ON for the first cycle after exe cution of STEP 008 1 First execution 0 Not ex ecutable for the first time or not being exe cuted 1 Waiting for online edit Same as CS CJ series PLC Same as CS CJ series PLC Same as CS CJ series PLC 1 Online editing in progress 0 Online editing not in progress 1 Network instruction is not being executed 0 Network instruction is being executed port busy 197 YO Memory Allocation A202 A20208 CJ2 Net work In structions Enabled Flag Name A203 to All Communi A210 cations Port Comp
215. mer is not possible Communications from an external network is not possible Check again if the FINS address for the Ladder Engine is set correctly Setting a routing table is required when communicating from an external net work to the Ladder Engine 10 3 3 A Compare Error Occurs when Editing Online 238 Check the UM s access destination in the System Status window A compare error will occur if an attempt is made to edit online the UM that is different from the one downloaded from the CX Programmer For example trying to edit online the program downloaded to the UM1 will cause a compare error if the access destination is UM2 Online editing takes a long time to complete Online editing a program with long time computer cycle time during Con tinuous Run may take a long time to complete To avoid this situation click the Pause button before online editing to edit in pausing Other Tips for Troubleshooting Section 10 3 10 3 4 A Cycle Time Error Occurs 10 3 5 Others Even a short program sometimes causes a cycle time error A cycle time error can occur if a program is started running in the computer cycle time mode by the CX Simulator on the computer with a low memory capacity or with a lot of application programs activated This is because it takes a long time to acquire memory areas To avoid this situation try one of the following three measures 1 Execute in the virtual cycle time 2 Execute the program rem
216. mputers and the CPU Unit of FinsGateway are possible Screen dis comm Unit play of send messages is also possible FINS commands send is not Simulator possible receive is possible Communi cations Unit 1 1 3 Basic Block Diagram Computer Application programs e g CX Programmer FinsGateway FinsGateway Virtual Communications unit Simulator CPU Unit Communica Virtual Debugging Application tions unit External Input program program Tool What Is the CX Simulator Section 1 1 1 1 4 Summary of CX Simulator Functions Comparisons with Actual PLC Actual PLC CX Simulator System configuration Hardware CPU Unit CS CJ CP series I O Unit tions 1 Special I O unit Virtual Special Registered lating I O refresh time and periph eral servic ing time Virtual CPU Unit CS CJ series 41 Exclud ing Con troller Link Unit Ethernet Unit and Serial Communi cations Unit 41 Exclud ing Serial Communi cations Board Power Supply Unit CX Programmer CX Programmer on the same computer communicate via FinsGateway Virtual Communications Unit Programming Console unusable Single user program Application program Share I O mem UM1 ory areas None Debugging program UM2 For external I O data generation Task function Available Available equivalent CPU Bus Unit Virtual CPU Bus Unit Inner Board Virtual Inner Board Peripheral device CPU Unit basic func
217. n a task error has oc curred The following conditions generate a task error There isn t even one regular task that is executable started e There isn t a program allocated to the task e The task number where the error occurred will be stored in A294 and the program address will be stored in A298 and A299 The allowed value for Differentia tion Flags which correspond to differentiation instructions has been exceeded CPU Unit opera tion will stop and the ERR ALM indicator will light when this flag goes ON The task number where the error occurred will be stored in A294 and the program address will be stored in A298 and A299 ON when a program that cannot be executed has been stored CPU Unit operation will stop and the ERR ALM indicator will light when this flag goes ON The task number where the error occurred will be stored in A294 and the program address will be stored in A298 and A299 ON when the last address in UM User Memory has been ex ceeded CPU Unit operation will stop and the ERR ALM indicator will light when this flag goes ON These words contain the 8 digit binary program address of the instruction where program exe cution was stopped due to a program error 0 Normal condition Error Normal Error Normal Error Normal Error Normal Right 4 digits of the program address CS CJ series PLC Same as CS CJ series PLC Same as CS CJ series P
218. n expressions executable select Save as in the File menu to save the input I O condition expressions 17 Select Close in the File menu to return to the Run window Up to 512 I O Condition expressions can be registered Up to 6 combinations of logic expression can be registered for one condition expression Generating Virtual External Inputs Section 8 3 8 3 7 Ladder Program for Debugging The CX Simulator can run a ladder program for debugging on the program area for debugging UM2 besides the program area for applications UM 7 dynamically creating input data for virtual external inputs The program area for debugging is independent of that for applications sharing the I O memory area with for applications Thus the outputs from the program area for debugging can be used as inputs to that for applications Ladder program for applications Ladder program for debugging I O memory area Top Output Note Refer to 9 CPU Unit Operation for the operation of the program areas for applications debugging Restrictions when Using Program Area for Debuggin Not possible to overlap with Do not overlap the task number with that of ladder program for applications If the program area for the task number overlaps the task in the UM2 will not be executed Besides if applications the following items overlap a program error will occur e The jump number of JMP e The subroutine number of subroutine macro instructions e The
219. nction Settings ON when an error occurs in a 1 Errorin Not used data exchange between the CPU one or more Unit and a CS CJ series CPU Units Bus Unit including an error in the 0 No error CS CJ series CPU Bus Unit it in any Unit self The CPU Unit will continue oper ating and the ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will flash The CS CJ series CPU Bus Unit where the error occurred will stop operating and the unit number of the Unit where the data exchange error occurred is indicated in A417 This flag will be turned OFF when the error is cleared ON when an error occurs in a 1 Error Not used data exchange between the CPU 0 No error Unit and the Inner Board in cluding an error in the Inner Board itself The CPU Unit will continue oper ating and the ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will flash The Inner Board will stop operating and details on the error will be written to A424 This flag will be turned OFF when the error is cleared ON when a Basic I O Unit regis Not used tered in the I O Table does not match the Basic I O Unit actually installed in the PLC because a Unit was added or removed ON when there is a setting error 1 Error Same as in the PLC Setup The CPU Unit 0 No error CS CJ will continue operating and the series PLC ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will flash The location of the error will be written to A406 This
220. nd In the CS CJ series CPU Unit these Flags are in The Programming Console can EQ a separate area and are specified by labels not be used rather than addresses With the CX Programmer these are specified using global symbols such as P_Instr_Error and P_Equals With a Programming Console they are specified using ER etc Clock Pulses Clock Pulses Same as shown at left In the CS CJ series CPU Unit these pulses are in a separate area and are specified by labels such as 1s and 0 1s rather than addresses PLC setup Special Area In the CS CJ CP series CPU Unit the PLC Setup Same as shown at left is not stored in the DM Area but a separate area The Programming Console can the Parameter Area which is not a part of I O not be used memory Refer to 9 3 I O Memory Alloca The PLC Setup is edited with CX Programmer in tion a table format and user friendly dialogue Individual PLC Setup addresses can also be edited with a Programming Console Instruction Up differentiation Available Same as shown at left variations Instruction Down Available for LD AND OR RSET and SET Same as shown at left variations differentiation Immediate Available for LD LD NOT AND AND NOT OR Same as shown at left refreshing OR NOT OUT OUT NOT RSET SET KEEP Immediate refreshing is not per DIFU DIFD CMP CPS and MOV formed Up differentiation Available for LD AND OR RSET SET and Same as shown
221. ndition can be set for the setting expression Section 4 3 Step Run and Break I O Break Condition The I O break condition is expressed with the following elements for both I O Condition and Word Condition lt Target I O memory area gt lt Condition operator gt lt Value gt Target I O memory area Specify the target I O memory area in its type and address Value For I O Condition set ON OFF NOT for Word Con dition the fixed value BIN and for NOT operator of Word Condition nothing Condition operators and values for I O Condition to be set are shown below Operator Hold if the value is the same as that of the target I O memory area gt Hold if the value is greater than that of the target I O memory area lt Hold if the value is equal to or smaller than that of the target I O memory area lt Hold if the value is smaller than that of the target I O memory area a Hold if the value is equal to or greater than that of the target I O memory area Hold if the value is not equal to that of the target I O memory area gt lt gt Hold if the value has been changed 101 Step Run and Break Section 4 3 Register IO Break Condition Here shows the registration procedure for I O break condition 1 2 3 1 Display Register IO Break Condition by CX Simulator Debug Console IO Break Condition and click the Add in the list AND LIST OR LIST for registering I O break condition t
222. ned ON 107 Task Debugging o Section 44 108 SECTION 5 Debugging Serial Communications 5 1 Outline of Serial C ominmiuiniCatiOns lt 2s25sccs nc ascgiasiacksavidaeeawesdesks wiasteis Bene ica aees 110 SeA Seral COMMUNICATIONS Seting S 42504 0 0s0se0 adoaasewaecwsacndaniiwsn deat naned sande rnaaes EAEE 113 5 3 Serial Communications Connect oN smise a a eas aat a a 117 5 3 1 Access from External Devices via Serial Communications ssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 117 5 3 2 Access to External Device Using Serial Communications essseseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 118 5 3 3 Precautions in Using Serial Communications ccccceeeessessseesessseeeeeeseeesssesessaas 118 S4 Conmectime PT VANT EDk 55 8 ose 5 akc ok 255 easing oa dads a a cas wedots ot ot casmeetuans eet can oats 120 5 5 Examples of Serial Communications Debugging ccceeeseeesseeseeeeeessesssssssssssessessssseseeaeas 121 5 5 1 Procedure for Debugging Serial Communications Instructions cc0000eeeeeeseeees 121 5 5 2 Debugging by Message Display is crcssisesns cevnasnscadieandnawscdnadelaeawaneuanradantiermdnawsadelenbedoness 22 5 9 3 Debugs me by Seral Mata Fine issen e a AE SE a 122 109 Outline of Serial Communications Section 5 1 5 1 Outline of Serial Communications Introduction This section explains how to perform serial communications The CX Simulator can debugs serial communications using 1 actual com
223. ng C mode or FINS commands to the CPU Unit This manual describes commands addressed to the CPU Unit without reference to the communications path Commands can be sent via the serial ports on the CPU Unit ports on a Serial Communications Board or Unit or ports on Communications Units Describes the following information about the NSJ series NSJ Controllers Overview and features Designing the system configuration Installation and wiring I O memory allocations Troubleshooting and maintenance Use this manual in combination with the following manuals SYSMAC CS Series Operation Manual W339 SYSMAC CJ Series Operation Manual W393 SYSMAC CS CJ Series Programming Manual W394 and NS V1 V2 Series Setup Manual V083 Provides the following information on the CP Series CP1H CPU Unit e Overview Features e System configuration e Mounting and wiring e O memory allocation e Troubleshooting Use this manual together with the CP1H Programmable Con trollers Programming Manual W451 Provides the following information on the CP Series CP1L CPU Unit e Overview Features e System configuration e Mounting and wiring e O memory allocation e Troubleshooting Use this manual together with the CP1H Programmable Con trollers Programming Manual W451 Provides the following information on the CP Series CP1H CP1L CPU Unit e Programming instructions e Programming methods e Tasks XXX WARNING Failure t
224. ng Step Run the program will be executed to its end Run Scan Replay Return the I O memory status to the one before the scan started during Step Run The program counter is also cleared apm Stuns dure The power interrupt task is started Note Refer to 4 2 Debugging Operation for each execution operation The Icons for Debugging Operation Show Step Run Display the Step Run window ks Task Control Display the Task Control window I O Break Condi Display the I O Break Condition Setting window tion Setting Note Refer to 4 Debugging Programs for each operation Contents of Main Menu Display the File menu Replay Display the Data Replay menu Display the Help information and the version 67 Debug Console Window Section 3 9 3 9 2 Menu List of CX Simulator Debug Console The following shows the function list of the main menu and submenu in the CX Simulator Debug Console Shortcut File Readall Read the settings saved all Save all save the I O memory of the Ladder Engine and the present settings of the Debugger to the specified file Work CX Simulator Allow the CX Simulator to participate into the network Refer to 3 8 Connecting to Pos Ss the CX Programmer Version 2 1 or Lower for details Console window Data Replay Set for Data Replay and start the Data Replay Tool Command log _ Start Start the Command log with the present settings Stop _ Stop the Command log Console Di
225. ng format Failed to open the CSV text file The file does not Specify a Data Replay file CSV text file of a correct Operation exit exist or has a format which is different from an execution file of the wrong format I O Condition Tool data Operation exit wrong format Failed to read the CSV text data A wrong format Specify a Data Replay file CSV text file of a correct Operation exit format which is different from an execution file of the I O Condition Tool Failed to start stop the timer of Windows system 1 Exit the applications excluding the CX Simulator Windows Operation exit call error 2 Restart the debugger Failed to write the CSV text data Check the following causes Operation exit 1 Low disk space 2 Read only file 3 Read only folder 4 User unauthorized to write Ladder stopped because of FAL Remove the causes and try again error on the target PLC Opera tion exit Synchronous operation was Tried to execute specified for the actual PLC synchronous op Specify synchronous operation only for the Ladder Engine Operation exit eration for other than the Ladder Engine The data in CSV text file is invalid A wrong format Specify a Data Replay file CSV text file of a correct Operation exit format which is different from an execution file of the I O Condition Tool tings exceeded the limit Opera jof address setting file must be less than 168 tion exit in the CSV text f
226. ngle step run There are two types of Step Run Single Step Run and Continuous Step Run Step Run gt l The Step Run executes a program by step Executing Single Step Run during Continuous Run or Scan run will pause the program at the top Continuous Step Run The Continuous Step Run repeats Step Run at a fixed interval 4 2 4 Stop The Stop stops executing the ladder diagram for Continuous Run Scan Run Continuous Scan Run Continuous Step Run or Pause Changing the mode of the Ladder Engine to the Program mode from the CX Programmer will stop executing the ladder diagram 95 Debugging Operation 4 2 5 Pause 4 2 6 Other Operation 96 Section 4 2 Pause pauses executing the ladder diagram The situation is also the same when the execution of the ladder program is stopping in Scan Run Step Run a break point or an I O break condition While pausing the peripheral servicing is performed Scan Replay The Scan Replay returns the execution status to the first of the scan when pausing The Scan Replay returns all of the status including values changed by the program execution to that of the scan start As long as it is within a scan monitoring can be done with conditions changed any times Reset Re The Reset simulates the process in the Ladder Engine when from power in terruption to power on The power interruption task is started at power inter ruption to allow debugging th
227. ngs Section 5 2 116 Note Note 11 Press OK to exit the Serial Port Settings window and to return to Serial Communications Settings window 12 Exit Serial Communications settings window Repeat the procedures 5 to 9 as required Press the OK button when completed 13 System setup for serial communications When an actual PLC performs serial communications it is necessary to set communications parameters to the PLC s I O memory areas Also for the CX Simulator use the CX Programmer to set Serial Communications mode Start bits Data length Stop bits Parity Baud rate etc according to the manuals for each Serial Communications Unit DIP switch setting for RS 232C port communications parameters pin 5 is fixed to Use parameters set in the PLC Setup OFF For CPU Unit s RS 232C port Port 2 settings refer to 7 7 2 PC Setup in CS CJ Series Operation Manual and for Serial Communications Board Unit settings refer to 4 2 Setup Area Allocations in CS CJ Series Serial Commu nications Boards Unit Operation Manual W336 When using the RS 232C port Port 2 on the CPU Unit if a protocol not sup ported by the CX Simulator is set in PLC Setup communications cannot be performed Serial Communications Connection Section 5 3 5 3 Serial Communications Connection The CX Simulator provides various types of connections via serial commu nications according to debugging needs and a protocol to be used 5 3 1 Ac
228. nizing the I O Condition Tool Doing so will lose synchro nism in the unit of a scan When the program has been interrupted on a break point etc resume it with Scan Run Note While executing asynchronously the I O memory areas are monitored even while the Ladder Engine is not executing a ladder program due to break etc 8 4 4 How to Replay Using the Program Area for Debugging This section explains how to perform virtual external input download and execute using the program area for debugging 1 2 3 1 Press the Settings button in the System Status Settings dialog box and then select UM Settings to display the UM Settings window UM Settings UM amp ccess Enable Debugger program arealUM2 UM Execution Enable J Application program arealUM1 J Debugger program arealUM2 Cancel 172 Running by Virtual External Inputs Section 8 4 2 Select Debugger program area UM2 in UM Access Enable followed by clicking the OK button 3 After confirming that the CX Simulator is connected in the Work CX Simulator window download the ladder program from the CX Programmer 4 After the download is completed select UM Settings in System Status Settings again and select Application program area UM1 in UM Ac cess Enable Also check both boxes for Application program area UM1 and Debugger program area UM2 in UM Execution Enable followed by clicking the OK button
229. ns WARNING The user must operate the product according to the performance specifica tions described in the operation manuals Before using the product under conditions which are not described in the manual or applying the product to nuclear control systems railroad systems aviation systems vehicles combustion systems medical equipment amusement machines safety equipment and other systems machines and equipment that may have a serious influence on lives and property if used improperly consult your OMRON representative Make sure that the ratings and performance characteristics of the product are sufficient for the systems machines and equipment and be sure to provide the systems machines and equipment with double safety mechanisms This manual provides information for programming and operating the Unit Be sure to read this manual before attempting to use the Unit and keep this manual close at hand for reference during operation It is extremely important that a PLC and all PLC Units be used for the speci fied purpose and under the specified conditions especially in applications that can directly or indirectly affect human life You must consult with your OMRON representative before applying a PLC System to the above mentioned applications 3 Safety Precautions WARNING caution N Caution The CX Simulator simulates PLC operation However there are some differences in operation and timings between those
230. ns instructions are displayed only when Message is specified in the communications settings Message Error Display Instructions Occurrence time cycle counter Instruction Message No Display data FAL 006 Occurrence time cycle counter Instruction FAL No Display data FALS Occurrence time cycle counter Instruction FAL No Display data Note The same message cycle counter and the message No are the same is not displayed 59 System Status Setting Window Section 3 7 Serial Network Communications Instructions Instruction Func Message Message O O No pe wc Geass Pies ee time counter address unit address mand size command Occurrence Cycle Network address node Instruction FINS com FINS address unit address mand size command CMND 490 Occurrence Cycle Network address node Instruction FINS com FINS time counter address unit address mand size command Occurrence time cycle counter Instruction Data length Send data Occurrence time cycle counter Instruction Occurrence time cycle counter Instruction Data length Setting data Note If anon display character is included for the TXD instruction it will be dis played in a hexadecimal value e g CR LF as lt OD gt lt 0A Messages Oj x 2003710730 18 09 37 35685 0 10 0 RECY 8 0101 8201 2C 000004 2003710730 18 09 37 35655 0 10 0 SEND 2801 0282000 800000407 01 020205030404 05051 2003 10 30 18 09 1 35684 0 70
231. nt 2005 1051 13 25 37 46520 0 10 0 SEND Ae 01 02520005000 4 Copy to clipboard Clear screen 6 4 3 Debugging with Local Communications Debugging Method When debugging network communications instructions with actual FINS communications performed FINS commands can be sent only within the same computer Thus to debug FINS communications the CPU Unit of Fins Gateway will be regarded as a tentative destination Restrictions when CPU Unit of FinsGateway Is Specified When the CPU Unit of FinsGateway is specified there will be restrictions caused by the differences of I O memory The I O memory areas of the CPU Unit of FinsGateway that can be specified by a SEND RECV instruction are shown below The number of I O points Word Address Cl1O32768 ClO0000 to ClO32767 C1O32768 D00000 to D32767 134 Example of Debugging Network Communications Section 6 4 How to Specify FINS address for CPU Unit of FinsGateway Specify the network FINS address and node FINS address of FinsGateway Communications Unit displayed in the Work CX Simulator Specify OO for the Machine No Work X Simulator lei X Virtual Gommications Unit bd Disconnect D00300 00 0A Send words 10 C 1 N00301 o0 00 The device on the local network Guide to Connect Node No 03 2 DONB02 03 00 Nede No TOS ao Press the Conmect button and Gx Simulator will be able to work with other applications C 4 D00304 o
232. o 64 S Send origin send start word address D Send origin receive start word address FINS address of Virtual Comms C Control data lower word address etwork address ode address Machine address 00 OA Send words 10 C 1 D0030 00 00 The device on the local network Node No 11 Re O0S02 KREI Machine No 00 C 3 D00303 07 C 4 D00304 64 Stopped Virtual Communications Unit CICI Setting and Checking Values Use the following tools to set and check the values for the CPU Unit of Fins Gateway e The CX Programmer User Using an OMRON easy monitoring tool allows to check the values if the CPU Unit of FinsGateway is set as the destination e FinsGateway RUNTIME Using the event memory utility attached to User FinsGateway allows to check the values if the CPU Unit of FinsGateway is set as the destination N Caution When the CX Simulator is used together with the Data Link function the Memory Mapping function of the FinsGateway or the Cyclic Server of the FinsServer Series the operation of external devices connected to the com puter may be affected Do not activate these functions if they do not need to be used simultaneously Unexpected operation of the external devices may cause an accident 135 Example of Debugging Network Communications Section 6 4 136 Note Refer to FinsGateway Version2 RUNTIME Operation Manual for FinsGate way data link setting Refer to the operat
233. o and set Select Start Point when the pop up menu is dis played Clear a start point In the above operation right click the program address to clear a start point for and select Clear Start Point when the pop up menu is displayed Stop the program when the content Debug Console I O Break conditions Setting of I O memory area meets certain conditions 16 Operation List Arranged by Purpose Section 1 5 1 5 4 Monitor the Status 1 5 5 Set Serial Communications Settings Objective Menu or Button to select tings munications In the above operation set Non to the Communications Set commands tings default Serial Communications commands tings Use an actual RS 232C port on the In the above operation set Actual Communications to the Com computer for Serial Communica munications Settings tions 1 5 6 Set Network Communications Parameters Objective Menu or Button to select rameters munications network communications unit Disable network communications In the above operation set Non to the Communications Set commands tings default Display the content of output by In the above operation set Message to the Communications Set network communications com tings mands Issue a network communications In the above operation set Local to the Communications Settings command to the designated node in the computer 1 5 7 Execute Virtual External Input Objective Menu or Button t
234. o read and understand the information provided in this manual may result in personal injury or death damage to the product or product failure Please read each section in its entirety and be sure you understand the information provided in the section and related sections before attempting any of the procedures or operations given xxxii About this Manual Continued This manual contains the following sections Section 1 introduces the special features and functions of the CX Simulator and a comparison between SYSMAC CS CJ CP NSJ series PLCs Section 2 provides the information on how to setup the CX Simulator Section 3 describes the basic operation of the CX Simulator Section 4 describes how to debug user programs Section 5 describes how to debug Serial Communications functions Section 6 describes how to debug Network Communications functions Section 7 describes how to connect with application programs Section 8 provides information on how to debug using virtual external inputs Section 9 describes operations of the CPU Unit including cycle times and I O Memory allocation Section 10 provides information on errors and alarms that occur during the operation along with the remedies Appendix provides information on how to use the Data Trace Recording Tool xxxiii XXXIV Read and Understand This Manual Please read and understand this manual before using the product Please consult your OMRON representa tive if you ha
235. o register I O break condition Display the Register IO Break Condition window Register 10 Break Condition i Register Bit condition Bit Condition Condition expression Type Address Value lIO0 0 ON ID o oo ON C Register Word condition Word Condition Type Address Operator Wa lue Heo ha The format of Bit condition is wordl hit eg The Sth bit of 1254 word is expressed as 1254 05 The format of Word condition is Word Cancel 2 Select either I O Condition or Word Condition and input the type of the target I O memory area condition operator only Word Condition and the value followed by the OK button 102 Step Run and Break Section 4 3 Condition Combination The I O break condition expression can be set by combining conditions Turn on check boxes for conditions registered in AND LIST or OR LIST The I O break condition expression is configured by combining AND LIST Conditions are combined with AND operators and OR LIST Conditions are combined with OR operators with logical operators AND OR The relationship between AND LIST and OR LIST is expressed by the following logic expression AND LIST AND OR LIST IO Break Condition Settings Conditions KODONI and CH1 15 0N0 and TOLD or DOS Att I O break condition setting expression IO0 0 ON and H1 15 ON and DMO gt 7FFF or A401 08 ON H1 15 0h A maximum of 64 items can be registered in
236. o select Set a program area for debugging System Status Set UM Setting Invoke data for data replay froma Debug Console Replay Menu Data Replay file Set a command log Debug Console Replay Menu Command Log set Debug Console Replay Menu I O Condition File Menu Set Debug Console Replay Menu I O Condition Start 17 Comparison of the CX Simulator and SYSMAC CS CJ series PLCs Section 1 6 1 6 Comparison of CX Simulator and SYSMAC CS CJ series PLCs In the CX Simulator the part implementing PLC functions CS CJ CPU Unit and Communications Unit is called the Ladder Engine The following list compares SYSMAC CS CJ series PLC with and the Ladder Engine of the CX Simulator Take notice of the followings when using the CX Simulator Program structure I O allocation Online editing 18 Item CS CJ series PLC Multiple tasks pro grams vs CX Simulator Mul tiple program areas multiple tasks Create I O table CS series PLC Required vs CX Simulator Own settings required CS CJ series PLC RUN MONITOR mode vs CX Simulator Continuous run Run Monitor mode Pause Scan Run Step Run Break point and I O break condition CS CJ series PLC In CS CJ series PLCs the program is divided into tasks cyclic tasks that are executed in order when they are enabled CS CJ series PLCs support up to 32 cyclic tasks 128 cyclic tasks for CJ2 series PLCs 32 I O interrupt tasks 2 sc
237. o the settings If not or a non existing file is specified the data trace will not start 248 How to Use Data Trace Recording Tool Appendix Using in Host Link When tracing in Host Link via a Serial Communications Unit of FinsGateway set for the Serial Communications Unit Note 1 The Data Trace Recording Tool assuming that FinsGateway is used the RUNTIME version of the FinsGateway Serial Communications Unit is required separately when using in Host Link 2 For the details of FinsGateway and FinsGateway Serial Communications Unit refer to the manual attached to the RUNTIME version of the Fins Gateway Setting the Serial Communications Unit 1 2 3 1 Select the FinsGateway Service Manager in Start Program Omron FinsGateway If it is being activated right click the FinsGateway Service Manager in the icon tray and select the setting from the pop up menu The FinsGateway Service Manager will be displayed FinsGateway Service Control Manager x Sermices Zl Fa CLE_UNITO Manual LPL UNIT MH anual CyclicServer Manual MH anual Terminate Setting Serial rit T SCM automatic run on logon Exit SCM F All available services are displayed a Control each service by clicking Start Stop Start Property 2 Select SerialUnit in the list of the FinsGateway Service Managers and click the Start button The display will change from List to Start when SerialUnit star
238. of the CX Simulator and the actual PLC system Be sure to confirm operation on the actual system as well as debugging the programs on the CX Simulator before running the actual system Unexpected operation may cause an accident Enabling serial communications function of the CX Simulator may affect the operation of devices connected to the computer When external devices are not being used do not enable the serial communications function Unex pected operation of the external devices may cause an accident When the CX Simulator is used together with the Data Link function the Memory Mapping function of the FinsGateway or the Cyclic Server of the FinsServer Series the operation of external devices connected to the per sonal computer may be affected Do not activate these functions if they do not need to be used simultaneously Unexpected operation of the external devices may cause an accident xli Application Precautions 4 4 Application Precautions Observe the following precautions when using the CX Simulator e Confirm the destination is the CX Simulator when the CX Simulator is con nected online with the CX Programmer or other applications When the CX Simulator is disabled or not connected to the Simulator the actual sys tem may be activated e Confirm the destination is the PLC when another application connects online with the actual system while the CX Simulator is activated Connection may be made not with the actual syste
239. ogrammable Controllers outline settings installa Operation Manual tion and maintenance Use this together with the Programming Manual W394 SYSMAC CJ Series W393 To learn the basic specifi Describes the features system configuration design installa CJ1H CPULILIH R CU1G CPU cations of the CJ series tion wiring 1 O memory allocation and troubleshooting of the CJ1G H CPULILIH PLCs including a basic CJ series PLCs CJ1M CPU outline settings installa Programmable Controllers tion and maintenance Use this together with the Programming Manual W394 Operation Manual SYSMAC CS CJ NSJ Series W394 To learn the functions of Describes the programming task functions file memory func CS1G H CPULILI EV1 the CS CJ series PLCs tions and other functions of the CS CJ series PLCs CS1G H CPULILIH CS1D CPULILIH CS1D CPU CJ1H CPULILIH R CJ1G CPU CJ1G H CPULILIH CJU1M CPU NSJLI B G5D NSJL B M3D Programmable Controllers Programming Manual XXX S S a SYSMAC CS CJ NSJ Series CS1G H CPU CS1G H CPU
240. ograms and text editors allow using familiar software for data collection display e Obtain mnemonic codes in a task Refer to 3 9 7 Step Run Window e Obtain task information Refer to 3 9 8 Task Control Window e Create virtual external input data Refer to 8 3 Generating Virtual External Inputs e Monitor the result by virtual external inputs Refer to 8 5 Checking the Result e Designate a program for alarm display Only for Windows 95 98 Me Refer to Console Display Settings in 3 9 4 File Menu 13 Applicable PLC models and Computers Section 1 4 1 4 Applicable PLC models and Computers 1 4 1 Applicable PLC models The CX Simulator supports the following PLC Programmable Controller models CPU Unit Model CS1H CPU67 66 65 64 63 CS1G CPU45 44 43 42 CS1H CPU67H 66H 65H 64H 63H CS1G CPU45H 44H 43H 42H CS1D CPU67H 65H CS1D CPU67S 65S 44S 42S CJ2H CPU68 67 66 65 64 See note 3 CJ2H CPU68 EIP 67 EIP 66 EIP 65 EIP 64 EIP See note 3 CJ2M CPU1 1 12 13 14 15 31 32 33 34 35 CJ1H CPU67H R 66H R 65H R 64H R CJ1M CPU23 22 13 12 11 CJ1H CPU66H 65H 67H CJ1G CPU45H 44H 43H 42H CJ1G CPU45 44 CP1H XALILILILI L CP1H XUUUL L CP1H YUUUL L CP1L MUUUL L CP1L LULL NSJ G5D Used for the NSJ5 TQO0L G5D Controller Section NSJ5 SQOLIJ G5D NSJ8 TVOLIJ G5D se note 2 NSJ10 TVOLI G5D and NSJ12 TSOLJ G5D M3D Used for the NSJ5 TQOLJ M3D NSJ5 SQOLI M3D and NSJ8 TVOLJ M3D Note 1 In this manual always assume
241. om munications Boards Unit Operation Manual W336 for the details of Serial Communications Boards Unit settings Communications Settings for Serial Communications Communications Settings When using serial communications instructions in a program communications for Serial Communications settings for each port number to be used can be specified Serial communica tions settings include the following settings Communications Contents Settings Communications are not processed Display the contents of messages that would be sent to an external device Actually messages are not sent ae communications data to a file and read from the file Actual communica Possible to communicate in Host Link SYSMAC WAY tions NT Link or No protocol via a COM port on the computer Operations of Auxiliary Area The table below shows differences in operation of Status Area and Auxiliary Area when set as communications are not actually performed Messages Instruction Contents O RS 232C Port Send Ready Flag _ Always ON RXD RS 232C Port Reception Completed Flag_ Always OFF RS 232C Port Reception Overflow Always OFF No Flag error RS 232C Port Reception Counter Always 0 STUP RS 232C Port Settings Changing Always OFF Flag Network instruc Network Communications Error Flag Always OFF No tions error SEND RECV _ Network Communications Enabled Flag Disabled OFF at CMND command issue and enabled ON at per
242. on win dow and to return to Serial Communications Settings window 5 After confirming the communications settings and the COM port name are identical to the contents set in procedure 3 press the OK button 6 Create receive data for debugging Use a commercial text editor or a binary editor to create data conforming to the format of data to be received from the barcode reader Prepare multiple data according to debugging patterns 123 Examples of Serial Communications Debugging Section 5 5 7 Copy the data file created in procedure 6 in the input file COM port name In txt 8 Changing in the file update time causes automatic reception of data from the input file 9 Execute Step Run etc to confirm the process of data received 10 Repeat the debugging procedures 7 to 9 depending on the contents of serial input data Note Escape sequences contained in the send receive data are handled as n n is a lower case alphanumeric character in the file For example the delimiter for Host Link is r 124 SECTION 6 Debugging Network Communications 6 1 Outline of Network Communications 0 ccccccccccccccseessseeccccccceueeseeccccceesueeeecccseesuueseeecseeeeaaeees 126 6 2 Network Communications Settings sneered a iE eene N EE e E E EE enni aE ii 129 6 9 INGtW Or COMING Cll ON eaa aane a eda viata 132 6 3 1 Send FINS Commands to the External Devices via Network Communications 132 6 3 2 Receive
243. on expressions of the I O Condition expressions outputting when the conditions hold Computer CX Programmer I O Condition Tool FinsGateway Virtual Communications Unit Simulator Communi cations Unit The I O Condition Tool operates independently of the Debugger Running by Virtual External Inputs Section 8 4 Example for Operation Tim The following example shows the timing from when the I O Condition ex ing of the I O Condition Ex pressions hold to when the values registered in the output expressions are pressions set if the delay time is 200 ms 200 ms gt Condition expression 1 O00 0 ON Delay time 200ms ON Output expression 1 00 1 ON IO 0 0 OFF Conditions hold a IO 0 1 Orr Set output expressions How to Replay using the I O This section explains how to perform virtual external input using the I O Con Condition Tool dition Tool 1 2 3 1 Select IO Condition in the CX Simulator Debug Console Replay menu to display the Run window of the I O Condition Tool _ IQ Condition Run x File Help IO condition file C Program Files OMRONF l S imulatort LOG Browse Target FINS Address M Synchronized Network address Mode address Unit address O cycles 2 Input IO condition file to the execution file Browsing files using the Browse button or Open in the File menu is also possible 3 Check the target FINS address Usually ther
244. ong execution Re install the CX Programmer and the CX Server or FinsGateway may have been environment FinsGateway installed incorrectly or the set tings are invalid Failed to start I O Condition Tool Poor resource for Exit executing application programs excluding the executing or CX Simulator and try again wrong execution Uninstall and then reinstall the CX Simulator environment Failed to start Log display appli Wrong execution Exit executing application programs excluding the cation environment CX Simulator and try again Uninstall and then reinstall the CX Simulator Failed to start the Alarms display Wrong environ The event viewer is not working for Windows NT and application ment for the the memo pad for Windows95 98 Change the OS Alarms display settings so as to work application cations Unit environment Failed to gain the access rights of tion program is pleted try again CX Simulator Ladder Engine writing to the UM The node address of FinsGate Change the FINS node address of the commu way unit is duplicated Change nications path in the Work CX Simulator win the node address of FinsGateway dow communications unit to start 2 Change the duplicated node address using net work communications setting The program is running Cannot Tried to seta start A start point can be set only when stopping Program set a start point point while running mode the program Unable to allocate the
245. ons e The Comms Instructions Settings in FB field in PLC Settings is disabled The Comms Instructions Settings in FB field CPU Settings Tab is a PLC setting specific to the OMRON FB library Therefore this setting is disabled when using CX Simulator version 1 5 e Free Running Timers in Auxiliary Area words A000 and A001 are disabled The Auxiliary Area word 10 ms Incrementing Free Running Timer A000 and 100 ms Incre menting Free Running Timer A001 that are supported for CS CJ series CPU Units with ver sion 3 0 or later cannot be used in simulation operations Version 1 6 The changes that have been made from version 1 5 to version 1 6 of the CX Simulator to enable support of new functions are explained here New PLCs Supported CX Simulator version 1 6 supports the following new CPU Units CPU Unit model CP1H XA X NSJ G5D Used for the NSJ5 TQOL_I G5D NSJ5 SQO0LI G5D Controller NSJ8 TVOLI G5D NSJ10 TVOLI G5D and NSJ12 TSOLJ G5D Section CX Programmer Simulation Functions lf CX Programmer version 6 1 or higher and CX Simulator version 1 6 or higher are installed the following CX Programmer simulation functions can be used e Applicability Ladder programs or programs in function blocks ladder pro grams or ST e Simulation functions Step execution continuous step execution scan execution and break point operation Note I O conditions cannot be set Refer to the CX Programmer Operation Manual W446 fo
246. ons unrelated to serial communications Display the Serial Comm Setting window by Status Settings Serial Comm Setting Set the communications settings for all the Serial Communications Units to 2 Set the communications settings of serial communications to Messages to display send messages through actual serial communications Check the contents of the send messages Display the Serial Comm Setting window by Status Settings Serial Comm Setting Set the communications settings for the Serial Communications Units to be debugged to Messages Set the communications settings of serial communications to File to debug the serial communications portion by file I O instead of actual serial communications Display the Serial Comm Setting window by Status Settings Serial Comm Setting Set the communications settings for the Serial Communications Units to be debugged to File Set the communications settings of serial communications to Actual communications Connect the actual communications target to the computer s COM port and after confirming Setup for serial communica tions with I O Memory Allocation debug operations with actual serial communications Display the Serial Comm Setting window by Status Settings Serial Comm Setting Set the communications settings for the Serial Communications Units to be debugged to Actual communications Confirm the Setup o
247. ontents are 1 Error Same as incorrect 0 No error CS CJ series CPU Unit operation will stop and PLC the ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will light The task number where the error occurred will be stored in A294 and the program address will be stored in A298 and A299 The type of program error that occurred will be stored in bits 8 to 15 of A295 Refer to the CxX Programmer Operation Manual W446 This flag will be turned OFF when the error is cleared ON when an Input Unit has been 1 Error Not used installed in an Output Unit s slot No error or vice versa so the Input and Output Units clash in the regis tered I O table ON when the number of I O Error Not used points being used in Basic O No error Units exceeds the maximum allowed for the PLC ON when there is an Inner Board 1 Error Not used Error Watchdog timer error or No error Inner bus error ON in the following cases 1 Duplica Not used e Two CS CJ series CPU Bus tion error Units have been assigned the 0 No du same unit number plication e Two Special I O Units have been assigned the same unit number e Two Basic I O Units have been allocated the same data area words ON when an error occurs in a 1 Error Not used data transfer between the CPU 0 No error Unit and a Unit mounted to a slot I O Memory Allocation Section 9 3 Name CS CJ series PLC CX Simulator Settings Settings A401 A40115 Memory ON w
248. oofreading errors or omissions OMRON OMRON ELECTRONICS LLC e THE AMERICAS HEADQUARTERS Schaumburg IL USA e 847 843 7900 800 556 6766 www omron247 com OMRON CANADA INC HEAD OFFICE OMRON ARGENTINA e SALES OFFICE Toronto ON Canada 416 286 6465 866 986 6766 www omron247 com Cono Sur 54 11 4783 5300 OMRON ELETR NICA DO BRASIL LTDA HEAD OFFICE OMRON CHILE SALES OFFICE S o Paulo SP Brasil e 55 11 2101 6300 www omron com br Santiago 56 9 9917 3920 OMRON ELECTRONICS MEXICO SA DE CV e HEAD OFFICE OTHER OMRON LATIN AMERICA SALES Apodaca N L e 52 811 156 99 10 001 800 556 6766 mela omron com 54 11 4783 5300 2009 Omron Electronics LLC Cat No W366 E1 11 02 10 Specifications are subject to change without notice Printed in U S A
249. or com puter Display FINS send mes Display FINS messages sent with network communications instructions on the sages message display window No actual send is executed 11 Features Section 1 2 Implement virtual external inputs using various methods The CX Simulator can generate replay virtual external inputs using various methods to verify program operation Replay input operation using Save the history of manual input operation e g I O set reset by the the command log Replay inputs using traced data Replay inputs using the data reply file Simulate I O using a debug ging program Generate inputs using I O Condition 12 CX Programmer and change of DM PVs and settings by application pro grams as a command log file The saved data can be used instead of the input to the Ladder Engine by replaying using the data replay function as required Replay the data of data trace obtained from the actual PLC by the CX Programmer or the data monitored via a time chart as inputs to the Ladder Engine using the data replay function Replay data of the data reply file a CSV format text file as inputs to ladder engine The data replay file can be created using commercially available spreadsheet software e g MS Excel Hold a program to generate debugging data debugging program besides programs for actual applications application programs Input data can be produced using the debugging program This capability enab
250. or credit Buyer an amount equal to the purchase price of the non complying Product provided that in no event shall Omron be responsi ble for warranty repair indemnity or any other claims or expenses regarding the Products unless Omron s analysis confirms that the Products were prop erly handled stored installed and maintained and not subject to contamina tion abuse misuse or inappropriate modification Return of any Products by Buyer must be approved in writing by Omron before shipment Omron Compa nies shall not be liable for the suitability or unsuitability or the results from the use of Products in combination with any electrical or electronic components Circuits system assemblies or any other materials or substances or environ ments Any advice recommendations or information given orally or in writing are not to be construed as an amendment or addition to the above warranty See http www omron247 com or contact your Omron representative for pub lished information Limitation on Liability Etc OMRON COMPANIES SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL INDIRECT INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES LOSS OF PROFITS OR PRODUCTION OR COMMERCIAL LOSS IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE PRODUCTS WHETHER SUCH CLAIM IS BASED IN CONTRACT WARRANTY NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY Further in no event shall liability of Omron Companies exceed the individual price of the Product on which liability is asserted Indemnities Buyer shall indemnify
251. or the system status changes in color Check the settings of the application e g the CX Programmer connected to the target FINS address displayed in Guide to Connect of Work to CX Simulator is correct For the CX Programmer check the communications unit for FinsGateway When the communications unit for FinsGateway is connected once discon nect and then connect again In the following cases communications may be disabled e Started the other communications unit of FinsGateway after connecting the CX Simulator e Read a Parameter Area File std to the Ladder Engine e Changed the routing table by the CX Integrator 237 Other Tips for Troubleshooting Section 10 3 A timeout occurs in communications Clicking the Settings button of Change PLC Network Type will display the Network Settings Network Settings Controller Link E4 Network Dr wer Rts Source Address Hetwork J0 f limit FINS Destination Address Network i fo ints a Frame Length Response Timeout is 2000 2 Host ink Unt Monnber Wetnork Goeratine level te Hi H oree J e Change the Response Timeout so that it is greater than the average com puter cycle time 10 3 2 If Network Communications Can Not Be Performed Normal connection from the CX Programmer is not possible If normal connection from the CX Programmer is not possible refer to When normal connection from the CX Program
252. ouaaneesanace 137 SECTION 7 CONNECTION WITH APPLICATION PROGRAMS uuu cccccsssssseeeeeees 149 PAO UGC Or C ONDECI Okeana a 150 7 2 Connection with A pplication Programs so syci5 c cccsa2sayorenscesdetoeayreee DEEE TEE EA Bae ears eaves ea 151 SECTION 8 DEBUGGING USING VIRTUAL EXTERNAL INPUTS ee teeseeeeees 147 8 1 Outline of Virtual External Input Function cteeesssseesesscsscnescnsnsssssnsssnssssssssnsssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssseees 148 6 2 Debuecing Usine Varta External Ties isicousasesacasdssteonadeyseesaceuss enone nerwsaaseeomaleuneenascus E 149 5 3 Generating Virtual External Inputs ashes E ars co nce cine eran ua os oh tennis O 152 6 4 Running by Virtual External TAPUS suea a a a aa sede a a a a ectehess 166 Oe NC Ch GIRS ilian a a a E E 174 SECTION 9 CPUUNITOPERA TION nooit N 177 eA OPE US AG We TI ON aries a EE AE EE AE ae EN 178 92 Cycle Time and TIME eaa a E N a a t 182 yee VO Memory Alloca 0011 Rene eee eee eee ee E E E OE T O EN T OE ee eee ee ere ee 190 ae FO Ch T UNCON a a ack culet anata ss Sracieauntacetanshasthenedasuaiencsuenuaes 224 SECTION 10 TROUBLESHOOTING caneria neike iE a E E EA 229 POs IE TOE Processi No siner E T R E AA TE R E E EE R E E TEE 230 IO Alarms and Remedie Soran ara A A A 235 10 3 Omer Tips for Tele SO Oar ska a acti ha han pane ne ee eee 234 APPENDIX HOW TO USE DATA TRACE RECORDING TOOL u ce esssseeeeeeecees 241 REVISION HISTOR Y enan E EEE E AEEA 253 XX
253. oving the check mark of Return to the top of the program when online editing in Step Run of Status Settings PLC Operation Set tings or 3 Check Disable Cycle Time Monitoring Change the cycle time monitoring time in PLC Setup Remove the check mark of Cycle Time Monitoring Time default 1 000 ms of the PLC PLC Setup Timer Interrupt tab to adjust the cycle time moni toring time A gap occurs between the time of the Ladder Engine and that of the computer in spite of executing in the computer cycle time When in Step Run and Scan Run etc a gap can occur between the time of the Ladder Engine and that of the computer even when executing in the com puter cycle time To avoid this situation use the Ladder Engine in Continuous Run and in the computer time only Some files and folders are not displayed in the PLC file memory The CARD folders in the PLC data folder corresponds to a memory card of each PLC Usually the CX Programmer s memory card component can dis play the contents of the CARD folder However it can not display files and folders with a different naming convention from that of CS CJ Series For CS CJ Series naming convention refer to CS CJU Series Operation Manual 239 Other Tips for Troubleshooting Section 10 3 240 Appendix How to Use Data Trace Recording Tool Outline of Data Trace Recording Tool Note Restrictions on Data Trace Saving The Data Trace Recording Tool is a
254. ple files when the number of sampling data exceeds the limit of the Data Trace file cdt 11 Click the OK button when setting options completes to return to the ex ecution window 12 When tracing with the same settings click the Add Recording button to save the settings to the file ini 13 Click the Start button when setting completes to register the setting contents to the target PLC and to start tracing 14 While tracing the elapsed time after the execution started the number of tracing samples and the name of actually saved files including serial numbers for multiple saving will be displayed 15 Holding of the abort value will automatically stop tracing Click the Stop button to forcibly stop tracing during execution Stating from the Command Line The Data Trace Recording Tool can be started from the command line of the MS DOS command prompt etc with the setting file ini specified that has been saved by the Add Recording button as well as from Start Execute by Specifying File Name If a setting file is specified when starting the Data Trace Recording Tool will automatically start the data trace Follow the next procedure to start from the command line Data Record lt Name of setting file gt Data Record lt Name of setting file gt lt Options gt Specify a setting file for saving the traced data automatically If a setting file is specified tracing will be started according t
255. program arealUh2 Cancel _ e UM Access Enable Set the UM for downloading uploading and editing online by the CX Programmer e UM Execution Enable Set whether to execute programs on the UM enable or not Disabling both of UM1 and UM2 simultaneously is not possible eOK Save the current settings and exit the window e Cancel Discard the current settings and exit the win dow 2 Click the OK button when UM setting is completed Note Refer to 8 Debugging Using Virtual External Inputs for how to use the UM2 56 System Status Setting Window Section 3 7 3 7 5 PLC Clock Settings The PLC Clock Settings window allows to set the clock related PLC opera tion 1 2 3 1 Selecting PLC Clock Settings in the System Status Setting Settings menu will display the PLC Clock Settings window PLC Clock Settings Fa Cycle Time Mode Settings C Simulated Cycle Time Scan intervall 1s E 1 to 1000 Max CPUC 50 10 te 100 Cancel e Cycle Time Mode Settings Specify in which mode to display when moni toring the cycle time e Estimated Cycle Time Virtually estimated cycle time in the actual PLC e Simulated Cycle Time The elapsed time in the actual computer e Scan interval Specify the execution interval for Continuous step run and Continuous scan run in the unit of 0 1 seconds e Max CPU Represent maximum CPU occupancy where the Ladder Engine occupies CPU in the com puter Exceeding the maximu
256. ption is detected when the power supply is turned ON The status of pin 6 on the DIP switch on the front of the CPU Unit is written to this flag every cycle tered corruption 0 Normal operation Section 9 3 CX Simulator Settings Function Settings 1 Error Not used 0 No error Same as CS CJ series PLC ae Same as CS CJ series PLC ae mf Same as Not set in CS CJ series the Pro PLC gram mode 1 Commu nicating 0 Not communi cating 1 Priority registered 0 Priority not regis tered 1 Commu nicating 0 Not communi cation 1 Priority registered 0 Priority not regis 1 Memory VO Memory Allocation Address Name Section 9 3 CS CJ series PLC CX Simulator Function Settings Function Settings Words A401 Bits A400 Error code A 40103 A40105 A40106 A40108 Card Transfer Error Flag Version Error Flag FALS Error Flag Fatal error Cycle Time Too Long Flag Fatal error When a non fatal error Error code Same as user defined FALS 006 or sys CS CJ series tem error or a fatal error PLC user defined FALS 007 or sys tem error occurs the 4 digit hexadecimal error code is written to this word When two or more errors occur simultaneously the highest error code will be re corded Refer to the CS CU Series Op eration Manual for details on error codes ON when the contents of the 0 No error Not used
257. quired to use these functions CS1 H CPU Units CJ1 H CPU Units CJ1_J CPULI_ H Unit version 2 0 or Other unit ver later sions Downloading and Uploading Individual OK Tasks Improved Read Protection Using Passwords Read Protection Using Passwords sn Write Protection acceso FINS Commands Sent OK to CPU Units via Networks Online Network Connections without I O Ta ee bles Communications through a Maximum of 8 OK Network Levels Connecting Online to PLCs via NS series OK OK from lot number PTs 030201 Setting First Slot Words OK for up to 64 OK for up to 8 oo Automatic era at Power ON without a era File Automatic Detection of I O Allocation Method for Automatic Transfer at Power ON Operation Start End Times ox me New Applica MILH MILR MILC xo bh Instruc DT lt gt DT lt DT lt DT lons D nes gt DT BCMP2 o P2 OK from lot number a no po ___ TKY HKY MTR 7SEG EXPLT EGATR ESATR ECHRD ECHWR Reading Writing CPU Bus OK OK from lot number Units with IORD IOWR 030418 B a xviii CS1D CPU Units CS1D CPU Units CS1D CPU Units for Duplex CPU for Single CPU Systems CS1D CPULI_Ih Systems CS1D CPULILS Unit version 2 0 Unit version 1 1 Pre Ver 1 1 or later Functions Duplex CPU Units a KK CS1D CPU Online Unit Replacement OK OK OK Units Duplex Power Supply Units Duplex Controller Link Units OK OK OK Duplex Ethernet Units a KK Unit removal without a Program OK
258. r Engine or application program or settings of the ceived header command routing table Failed to create the memory pres Failed to create the Check for enough disk space 10 MB in the PLC data ervation file file in the PLC data folder folder Check if the PLC data folder is write enabled or the user is authorized to write Failed to send a FINS command Heavy traffic FINS Lower the frequency of FINS command send from the Fins _sendData Check the target communications or Ladder Engine or application program FINS address wrong destination of Check the destination of the FINS command sent by the the FINS command Ladder Engine or the application program or settings of the routing table Failed to send a FINS command Wrong destination of Check the destination of the FINS command sent by the Check the target FINS address the FINS command or Ladder Engine or the application program or settings of Heavy traffic FINS the routing table communications Lower the frequency of FINS command send from the Ladder Engine or the application program ating the log file 235 Alarms and Remedies Section 10 2 Alarms Causes Remedies Failed J start the interrupt task Task Too high frequency of starting interrupt tasks Lower the frequency of starting interrupt tasks file ang ne log file formation 2 Exit the CX Simulator and restart Network communications was not executed because of setting error of it
259. r details Version 1 7 The changes that have been made from version 1 6 to version 1 7 of the CX Simulator to enable support of new functions are explained here Vill New PLCs Supported aa version 1 7 supports the following new CPU Units CPU Unit model CP1H XAULUULI U CP1H XUULL L I CP1H YUULL L NSJ M3D Used for the NSJ5 TQOLI M3D NSJ5 SQOLI M3D and Controller NSJ8 TVOLI M3D aia Integrated Simulation with Screen Operations for Virtual PT Programmable Terminal The PLC PT Integrated Simulation icon can be used to perform integrated simulations using CX Designer version 2 0 or higher and CX Simulator ver sion 1 7 or higher This enables debugging by linking user program execution on a virtual PLC with the CX Programmer CX Simulator with screen opera tions for a virtual PT using the CX Designer s Test Tool e Starting the CX Simulator The CX Simulator is started by selecting the PLC PT Integrated Simulation menu item from CX Designer version 2 0 or higher The user program is automatically transferred to the CX Simulator when it starts e Connecting the CX Simulator to virtual PT screens Automatically executed Refer to the operation manual for CX Designer version 2 0 or higher for de tails Version 1 8 The changes that have been made from version 1 7 to version 1 8 of the CX Simulator to enable support of new functions are explained here New PLCs Supported CX amuator v
260. r the time chart monitor of the CX Programmer for the data of data trace Set necessary data using the CX Programmer and execute the data trace or the time chart monitor on the CS CJ CP series CPU Unit The result will be saved as a file and operation by virtual external inputs will be performed Note 1 All data of the Data Trace File is regarded as data for input fed to the Ladder Engine When setting for I O memory areas that will be sampled in the CX Programmer make sure they can be used as inputs 2 Refer to the Data Trace Time Chart Monitoring of CHAPTER 4 Refer ence of PART 1 CX Programmer in the CX Programmer Operation Manual W446 for how to operate the data trace and time chart moni toring Replaying Data of Data Trace The data of the data trace differs in replay timing depending on the sampling setting when saving In addition all saved data is replayed regardless of the trigger setting Replay timing Replay timing Synchronous Asynchronous Every cycle Every cycle Fixed interval Regular sampling Sampling interval Sampling interval Sampling by the TRSM Every cycle Fixed interval Note Some data of the data trace with short sampling cycle can not be replayed in the timing of the sampling cycle if replayed asynchronously Furthermore the data with a sampling cycle shorter than that when replaying can not be re played Saving Long term Data with Data Trace Recording Tool A Data Trace File can contain
261. r to 9 2 I O Memory Areas of CS CJ Series Operation Manual for the startup process for I O memory areas 179 CPU Unit Operation Section 9 1 9 1 3 Overseeing Processing Back up I O Memory Areas for re execution of scan as the CX Simulator s own process The I O Memory Areas to be backed up are as follows Word Address W H A T D E CIO area SS CIOOOOD to CIO6143 R W000 to W511 ae R H000 to H511 eS WR HR sath Units A0000 to A1471 and A10000 to A11535 TR CC C isSTRROUAOTRIS DM DO00000to DBQ27VGT_ Z O Z EM _ EO QOODOOOEC_ 32767 O Z Counter Completion Flag C C0000 to C4095 Timer PV T T0000 to T4095 J S Counter PV C C0000 to C4095 J S Task Flag TK TKO toTK31 Index Registers IR IRO toIR15 Data Registers DR _ DROto DR15 J Force set reset Bit o Z oS o O Differential Flag o ooo o y Internal Work Area Elapsed Time etc 9 1 4 Computing Process 180 Note The computing process is performed for the program area for applications UM1 and program area for debugging UM2 respectively The execution order is UM1 to UM2 Setting Enable Disable of UM in System Status Settings UM Setting will disable either UM1 or UM2 so as to execute only one Disabling both is not possible The computing time for the program area for debugging UM2 is not reflected in the virtual cycle time CPU Unit Operation 9 1 5 Details of I O Refresh and Peripheral Servic
262. re displayed on the Diagnosis screen Equivalent Block Equivalent pom a S Note TIM TIMH Timer No 2 048 to 4 095 TTIM TIML MTIM and FPD will not operate normally when the cycle time is 100 ms or longer Make sure that the cycle time is different from that of the CS CJ CP series CPU Unit if set as the computer cycle time CS CJ series PLC CX Simulator I O comment storage In the CS CJ series PLCs I O comments can be Same as shown at left stored in Memory Cards as I O comment files The destination is the hard disk of the computer Battery installation The battery is not installed when the PLC is Not available shipped from the factory Install the provided battery before using the PLC Clock function When the battery is installed in the PLC the clock Adjusted to the clock of the com will begin from an arbitrary value Set the clock puter when the CX Simulator is with a Programming Device or the DATE 735 started instruction Memory I O Memory Any range of I O Memory can be saved as a file Same as shown at left Cards and ina Memory Card flash ROM or EM file memory The hard disk of the computer is Memory with a Programming Device including Pro used as memory cards or EM file Cassettes gramming Consoles or the instruction provided memory for this operation A Programming Device or Batch save read enable to instruction can be used to read the data back save read I O memory PLC Setup from file memory UM and o
263. rform synchronous process can be selected The Synchronous Replay process is a process where the Ladder Engine and each tool operate synchronously in the unit of a scan If the Synchronous process is not performed Asynchronous process setting monitoring of I O memory values from each tool to the Ladder Engine are performed asyn chronously with scan of the Ladder Engine In this case like operation to an actual PLC scan from each tool to the Ladder Engine is will not be performed When using multiple tools at the same time execute the synchronous process on one tool Perform the other tools asynchronously synchronous execution of multiple tools will lose synchronism in the unit of a scan for each tool Execute one tool synchronously and the others asyn chronously or alternatively execute all tools asynchronously Virtual Cycle Time and Computer Cycle Time When performing virtual external inputs use the Simulator in the Computer Cycle Time In the Synchronous process the execution result will be the same for Virtual Cycle Time and Computer Cycle Time In the Asynchronous proc ess on the other hand the result will be different because the time elapses differently between the Ladder Engine and tools in Virtual Cycle Time and the timing of data setting is different from that of Computer Cycle Time 8 4 2 How to Run by Data Replay Tool 166 The Data Replay Tool reads the data of the specified replay file Command log file Dat
264. ries CPU Bus Unit registered in the I O table The CPU Unit will continue operating and the ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will flash The unit number of the Unit where the setting error occurred is written to A427 This flag will be turned OFF when the error is cleared ON if the CPU Unit s battery is disconnected or its voltage is low and the Detect Battery Error setting has been set in the PLC Setup ON when an error occurs in a data transfer in the SYSMAC BUS system The number of the Master involved is indicated with bits A40500 and A40501 ON when an error occurs in a data exchange between the CPU Unit and a Special I O Unit including an error in the Special I O Unit itself Section 9 3 CX Simulator Settings Function Settings 1 Setting Not used error detected 0 No setting error 1 Setting Not used error detected 0 No setting error 1 Error Not used 0 No error 1 Error Not used 0 No error 1 Error in one Not used or more Units 0 No errors in any Unit VO Memory Allocation Address Name Words Bits A402 A40207 A40208 A40209 A40210 A40212 CS CJ series CPU Bus Unit Error Flag Non fatal error Inner Board Error Flag Non fatal error I O Verifica tion Error Flag Non fatal error PLC Setup Error Flag Non fatal error Basic I O Unit Error Flag Non fatal error Section 9 3 CS CJ series PLC CX Simulator Function Settings Fu
265. ron Brows 3 Clicking the Next N gt button will display Select PLC Type window to select a CPU model PLC Setup Wizard Select PLC Type Select a PLC type CS1G CPU45 CS1G CPU44 CS1G CPU4S CS1G CPU42 051G CPU45H CS1G CPU44H C51G CPU43H CS1G LPU42H CSTH CPUBS CS1H CPUIBE LCS1H CPUBS LS1H CPUB4 CS1H CPUBS CS1H CPUB FH LS1TH LCPUBBH CS1H CPUBSH Omron Back Cancel 39 Creating a New PLC 40 Section 3 5 e PLC Type Selection 4 Clicking the Next N gt button will display the Register PLC Unit window Reregister the Unit number instead of I O Table setting performed in the CX Programmer This registration is for calculating the cycle time influ enced by each unit not for actual operation For the Network Communi cations Unit and Serial Communications Unit this will be used in the actual operation e PLC Unit Registration PLO Setup Wizard Register PLO Unit Register PL Unit used in this project Registered PLO Unit List Unit Selectian List M addr MamelTypel OOH GPU Unit O51H CGPUBT 1FH Virtual Communications Unit AC Input Unit S200H 14121 AS Input Unit CS200H 142212 ACY DS Input Unit S200H IM211 DC Input Unit S200H 1D2113 Relay Output Unit S200H OC221 Relay Qutput Unit OS200H OCe23 a8 Relay Output Unit C2 00H ocee4 Relay Output Unit C200H OCe24N Relay Output Unit OS200H OCee4y Transistor Output Unit S200H OD213 S Tr
266. ructions communications with Serial Communications Units with unit version 1 2 or later Model conversion instructions XFERC 565 OK DISTC 566 COLLC 567 MOVBC 568 BCNTC 621 Special function block instructions GETID 286 OK Additional in TXD 235 and RXD 236 instructions Support OK struction func no protocol communications with Serial Commu tions nications Boards with unit version 1 2 or later CS1D CPU Units Unit version 3 0 is not supported CJ1 H CJ1M CPU Units CJ1_ CPULI_IH CJ1G CPUL _IP CJ1M CPUL Unit version 3 0 or Other unit versions later Serial Gateway converting FINS commands to CompoWay F commands at the built in serial port Comment memory in internal flash memory New applica TXDU 256 RXDU 255 support no protocol tion instruc communications with Serial Communications tions Units with unit version 1 2 or later Model conversion instructions XFERC 565 DISTC 566 COLLC 567 MOVBC 568 BCNTC 621 Special function block instructions GETID 286 a E Additional in PRV 881 and PRV2 883 instructions Added struction func high frequency calculation methods for calculat tions ing pulse frequency CJ1M CPU Units only xvii e Functions Supported for Unit Version 2 0 or Later The following tables list the functions added for unit version 2 0 and supported by the CX Programmer CX Programmer version 4 0 or higher and CX Simulator version 1 4 or higher are re
267. s Special I O Unit Number Duplication Flags CS CJ series PLC Function When an error has occurred in a Basic I O Unit including C200H Group 2 High density I O Units and C200H Interrupt Input Units A40212 will be turned ON and the slot number where the error occurred will be written here in binary When an error has occurred in a Basic I O Unit including C200H Group 2 High density I O Units and C200H Interrupt Input Units A40212 will be turned ON and the Rack number where the error occurred will be written here in binary The corresponding flag will be turned ON when an Expansion I O Rack s starting word address was set from a Programming Device and two Racks have overlapping word allocations or a Rack s starting address ex ceeds CIO 0901 Bits 00 to 07 correspond to Racks 0 to 7 The Duplication Error Flag A40113 and the corresponding flag in A410 will be turned ON when a CS CJ series CPU Bus Unit s unit number has been duplicated Bits 00 to 15 corre spond to unit numbers 0 to F CPU Unit operation will stop and the ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will light The Duplication Error Flag A40113 and the corresponding flag in A411 through A416 will be turned ON when a Special I O Unit s unit number has been duplicated Section 9 3 CX Simulator Function Settings a Settings 00 to 09 hexadecimal Slots 0 to 9 00 to 07 hexadecimal Racks 0 to 7 1 Error 0 No error 1 D
268. s all amounts including amounts payable hereunder whether or not then due which are owing to it by Buyer Buyer shall in any event remain liable for all unpaid accounts Cancellation Etc Orders are not subject to rescheduling or cancellation unless Buyer indemnifies Omron against all related costs or expenses Force Majeure Omron shall not be liable for any delay or failure in delivery resulting from causes beyond its control including earthquakes fires floods strikes or other labor disputes shortage of labor or materials accidents to machinery acts of sabotage riots delay in or lack of transportation or the requirements of any government authority Shipping Delivery Unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing by Omron a Shipments shall be by a carrier selected by Omron Omron will not drop ship except in break down situations b Such carrier shall act as the agent of Buyer and delivery to such carrier shall constitute delivery to Buyer c All sales and shipments of Products shall be FOB shipping point unless oth erwise stated in writing by Omron at which point title and risk of loss shall pass from Omron to Buyer provided that Omron shall retain a security inter est in the Products until the full purchase price is paid d Delivery and shipping dates are estimates only and e Omron will package Products as it deems proper for protection against nor mal handling and extra charges apply to special conditions
269. se Start Stop Time Messages Exit 65 16 An address to be sampled is displayed An address to be sampled is registered in the form of Start address End address in the unit of word Multiple addresses can be registered The content of the registered address can be changed The registered address can be deleted A sampling interval can be set to a minimum of 100 ms in the unit of 10 ms Check here to save the sampled data as every cycle data independently of the PLC s cycle count This is effective when acquiring data in order to confirm operation with ON OFF of the bits allows efficient debugging when replaying on the CX Simulator Input a name of CVS file where the sampled data will be saved Browse a name of save file to select Pressing the Start button will start sampling Works as Stop button during execution Displays elapse time after starting sampling When an error occurs in the operation of the Multipoint Data Collection Tool the error con tent will be displayed Quit the Multipoint Data Collection Tool Generating Virtual External Inputs Section 8 3 Note Note Note Note 2 Select File Set Communications to set Device Type to be connected and Network Type Always select the CS CJ CP Series for Device Type 3 Click the New button to display the Set Address dialog box Input ar bitrary word data in the form of Start Address End Address followed by the OK
270. setting with a data file Perform necessary operation from the CX Programmer and save its history to a file Data trace Static setting with a data file Read the contents of data trace from the actual CS CJ series CPU Unit by the CX Programmer and save them to a file Data Replay File Static setting with a data file Register necessary data to a CSV format data file I O Condition Setting Dynamic setting with I O Set I O conditions for inputting in logic ex condition expressions pressions combining I O memory conditions Program area for debugging Dynamic setting with ladder Create a ladder program that inputs to a UM2 programs ladder program for applications Running by Virtual External Inputs Contents Read data in sequence from the data file command log data trace or Data Replay file and set them to the Ladder Engine Program area for debug Download the ladder program for debugging to the program area for de ging UM2 bugging UM2 and execute it at the same time as the ladder program for application Checking the result Time chart monitor Data Check the result caused by virtual external inputs using the trace CX Programmer s time chart monitoring and the display function of data trace Data Replay File Table and Output the result as a file CSV format while Data Replay and read it to a Graph display commercial spreadsheet software to check it as tables and graphs 150 Debugging Using Virtual External
271. sists of the Ladder Engine which is composed of the virtual CPU Unit and other units default only the Simulator Communications Unit the FinsGateway version 2 or higher Virtual Communications Unit the Debugger and the Virtual External Input Tool Computer Application programs Debugger Virtual External e g CX Programmer Input Tool See note FinsGateway version 2 or higher A A Note FinsGateway Virtual Communications Unit I O Conditions Tool Data Re play Tool and Data Trace Recording Tool CX Simulator What Is the CX Simulator Section 1 1 Ladder Engine A platform for CS CJ CP series PLC Emulation Consists of multiple units Default Consists of the CPU Unit and the Simulator Communications Unit CPU Unit A virtual unit corresponding to the actual CPU Unit in cluding application programs UM1 debugging pro grams UM2 and I O memory areas Simulator Communications The CX Simulator s own virtual and general purpose communications unit corresponding to PLC s network communications unit Possible to communicate with the CX Programmer FinsGateway ver Connect Simulator Communications Unit in the Ladder Engine with FinsGateway ver sion 2 or higher sion 2 or higher Two types are available Virtual Controller Link Unit and Virtual Ethernet Unit The CX Programmer also performs FINS communications with the Lad Virtual Communi der Engine via the Virtual Communications Unit cations Unit
272. splay Settings tion the Memo Pad Help Search the Index About Display the version information of the CX Simulator 68 Debug Console Window Section 3 9 3 9 3 Outline of Basic Operation for Debug Console Menu Note This section explains the following basic menu operation of the CX Simulator Read All Save All Work CX Simulator Console Display Setting Exit I O Condition Operation Data Replay Command Log Command Log Start Stop Setting Help Contents Help Index About View Log The menus above may grayed out depending on the function selected The gray displayed menu can not be used during the function execution The following explains the basic operation by the menu 69 Debug Console Window Section 3 9 3 9 4 File Menu This section explains how to operate the sub menus in the File menu Read all Open the Save all file 1 2 3 1 Select Read all in the File menu Open Look in E3 C Simulator Z Log a Autoexec dbe Files of type Debugger setting file dbg Cancel e Look in The PLC data folder will be displayed in default Spec ify the folder after pressing the drop down list to move to the other drive and folder e File name Clicking the file name displayed in the File name box will display the file name Alternatively input the file name of the Save all file e Files of type Select the extension to specify the type o
273. ssing the Continuous Run button of the Debug Console leads to a trial run Refer to the CX Programmer Operation Manual 5 Monitor Debug 5 1 Monitor Monitor I O bit status and PV Execute force set reset trace online edit and others 5 2 Program Check by Break Set break points and I O break conditions in the ladder diagram as required and stop the program step by step to monitor the contents of I O memory Refer to 4 3 Step Run and Break 5 3 Cycle Time Monitor Confirm the virtual cycle time so that the program execution time on the actual PLC is within the permissible range 5 4 Task Operation Check Check the number and time of the task execution in the Task Control window If an interrupt task exists execute the program with the in terrupt timing changed to check the interrupt operation Refer to 4 4 Task Debugging 5 5 Serial Network Communications 34 Outline of Operation Procedure Section 3 4 Display the contents of serial network communications to debug with actual communications Refer to 5 Debugging Serial Communications and 6 Debugging Network Communications 6 Debugging by Virtual External Inputs 6 1 Generating Virtual External Inputs Create data program for virtual external inputs Refer to 8 3 Generating Virtual External Inputs 6 2 Virtual Run Generate virtual external inputs using the created data program to virtually run the ladder diagram in more actual way Refer to 8 4 Running by Virtual
274. sssssesssssssssseeeeseaas 170 8 4 4 How to Replay Using the Program Area for Debugg ing cc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeteees 172 sC Decko the RESON srona aa A E E EE Ea 174 8 5 1 Checking by Time Chart Monitor of the CX Programmet cccc0eeeeeeeesseseseeees 174 8 5 2 Checking with Graphing by Excel Using the Data Replay File eee 175 147 Outline of Virtual External Input Function Section 8 1 8 1 Outline of Virtual External Input Function 8 1 1 Outline of Virtual External Input Function After completing static debugging it is necessary to debug a program as suming external inputs such as a sensor in the actual running In the conventional debugging it used to be necessary to give actual inputs from switches or tools assuming sensor inputs motor outputs or others and to visually check the outputs requiring a lot of man days The CX Simulator is equipped with such functions as to automate creating virtual external inputs and the data for executing monitoring debugging pat terns and to save its workload Command log save The CX Simulator saves operation history of the CX Programmer as FINS commands Executing the saved data can be repeated using the Data Replay Tool Data Trace The actual PLC s data trace data saved by the CX Programmer s data tracing or time chart monitoring can be input to the CX Simulator using the Data Replay Tool Also long term data that can not be saved by the CX Programmer s d
275. st Arranged Dy Put OSG ner ranama a ers Seen Stearn ae oa a aces ate ons arse ne esac see ee Seeders 16 1 6 Comparison of CX Simulator and SYSMAC CS C J series PLCS 0 cccccccccsceeeseeeeeeeseeeeessesseseseseeeeseeseeeeeeeeees 18 SECTION 2 SETUP 00000 OOOHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHO8OEC8 25 2 1 Installing and Uninstalling the Software 20 0 0 ceccccsssssssncceceeeeeeeeeeenseeessnsneaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeesneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeeegs 26 SECTION 3 3 1 Startins Methods for the CX Simulator misceri a a a a oe 28 3 2 Starting and Going Online from the CX Programmer ccccccceessseeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 29 3 3 Starting and Exiting from CX Simulator Menus cccccccsesessseeseseseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 32 5 4 Outline Or Operation Procedir csini riri E T eee ae a 34 S AG UII OF a Ne W PLC usera ent nara otal mates a vata elds mated E ER NE 38 926 BAC MW Parl the WOW S wa eaten tisnn se ewe a deca ices atl a eV edtilinasias Mi asada uetiaes 48 Se SY SLUM SEALS SCL Wy OW eion a a a a a a ence a a a a ease 50 3 8 Connecting tothe CX Programmer Version 2 1 or LOWer useine i ea a E a 6l 5 9 Debug Console Wi Owes eee a t a a a 66 SECTION 4 DEBUGGING PROGRAMS wisssssesssscsssaaveass seus cevesstoascsansscocsesasansoasescseansssescoseesssssessee 9 1 45 Jebuco
276. structions possible feature will be used when debugging a program section that is not related to serial communications Debugging network communications possible 10 The CX Simulator can debug network communications by send receive of FINS commands to application programs in the computer or the CPU Unit in the FinsGateway or display of send messages selected by Communications Settings Also the CX Simulator can receive FINS commands from the ex ternal actual PLC or the computer to the Ladder Engine Can not send to external devices Features Section 1 2 Send receive FINS com The CX Simulator can send receive FINS commands to nodes the CPU Unit mands to nodes in the com itself application programs using FinsGateway or the CPU Unit for Fins puter Gateway in the computer using network communications instructions in the CPU Unit This capability enables debugging of network communications with the CPU Unit itself or the CPU Unit for FinsGateway as the tentative commu nications target Computer Application programs Application programs FinsGateway CPU Unit L virtua Communications Pa Simulator Communica tions Unit Receive external FINS com The CX Simulator can receive external FINS commands from external net mands possible worked computers or actual PLCs Computer Application programs FinsGateway bY CPU Simulator Communica Unit tions Unit External actual network Actual PLC
277. t A50815 is turned from OFF to ON OFF when the trace is com pleted Turn this bit from OFF to ON to establish the trigger condition The offset indicated by the delay value positive or negative de termines which data samples are valid When a data trace is started by turning this bit from OFF to ON from a Programming Device the PLC will begin storing data Trace Memory by one of the three fol lowing methods 1 Data is sampled at regular intervals 10 to 2 550 ms 2 Data is sampled when TRSM 045 is executed in the program 3 Data is sampled at the end of every cycle Turn this bit ON to refresh the error information in A425 unit number of Slave where error occurred after startup These words contain the time at which the power was turned ON The contents are updated every time that the power is turned ON The data is stored in BCD A51000 to A51007 Second 00 to 59 A51008 to A51015 Minute 00 to 59 A51100 to A51107 Hour 00 to 23 A51108 to A51115 Day of month 01 to 31 Section 9 3 CX Simulator Settings Function Settings 1 Trace Same as CS CJ series PLC completed 0 Not trac ing or trace in progress Same as CS CJ series PLC 1 Trace in progress 0 Not trac ing not sampling 1 Trace trigger con dition es tablished 0 Not es tablished 0 to 1 Starts data trace sam pling Same as CS CJ series PLC Same as CS CJ series PLC
278. t A609 to A60900 Inner Board A613 to User Inter A61315 face Area A619 A61901 A61902 A62002 A62003 A62004 A620 Communi cations Unit 0 Settings Changing Flag Section 9 3 CS CJ series PLC CX Simulator Function Settings Function Settings When MCRO 099 is executed it Input data Same as copies the input data from the CS CJ series specified source words input PLC parameter words to A600 through A603 and executes the specified subroutine with that input data After the subroutine specified in Output Same as MCRO 099 has been executed data CS CJ series the results of the subroutine are 4 words PLC transferred from A604 through A607 to the specified destination words output parameter words Turn the corresponding bit ON to Not used restart initialize Inner Board O or ile The bit is turned OFF automati cally when the restart processing is completed The data transferred from the Not used CPU Unit to the Inner Board is defined and used at the Inner Board The contents of these words is retained when the power is turned ON ON while the peripheral port s 1 Chang Not used communications settings are ing being changed This flag willbe 0 Not turned ON when STUP 237 is changing executed and it will be turned OFF after the settings have been changed ON while the RS 232C port s 1 Chang Not used communications settings are ing being changed This flag willbe 0
279. t exist the folder will be created 138 SECTION 7 Connection with Application Programs TROUS Or nnec O Neea ce eats te es E eaten wakes seaueee taut tas eat t ee tac N 140 7 1 1 What is Connection with Application ccccccccccccceseseeseeeeeseeeeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 140 7 2 Connection with Application PrOot aims siseste aoan Pisawaal e a i A aeaa 141 Pole ONMNS CLL ONIVN CMO CS Joes insets aed oes E T E TE 141 J 2 2 Coexist in the Same Compute siere urrar notni I E 141 T2 C ONME CLIOM VIA IN CLW OL eoi AA AE 143 139 Outline of Connection Section 7 1 7 1 Outline of Connection This section explains the methods of connection with applications that perform communications with the PLC to debug them using the CX Simulator 7 1 1 What is Connection with Application The CX Simulator can debug application programs that perform communica tions with OMRON s PLC e g a monitor program and a data collection pro gram without an actual PLC connected only on a computer Apprication program mai eit 4 F map i SS Note When using an application program the CX Simulator and the CX Programmer simultaneously use them in an environment with enough memory capacity the capacity mentioned in 1 4 Applicable PLC models and Computers plus that required by the application program 140 Connection with Application Programs Section 7 2 7 2 Connection with Application Programs 7 2 1 Connection Methods There are
280. t tasks and executes the tasks Change Execution Status of Cyclic Tasks Selecting an execution status enabled wait of a task in the pop up menu al lows to change the status The setting is reflected in the next cycle for Scan Run in the same cycle if the task is to be executed after the currently executed task for Step Run or in the next cycle if the task has already been executed Note Getting all cyclic tasks in wait will cause a program execution error Block Run of Cyclic Task Selecting the Block Run of Cyclic Task in the pop up menu will set a start point at the top of the selected task and a break point at the end END instruction of the task to execute Step Run The break point at the end is a tentative setting which is automatically cleared when the task is completed or in the Program mode In the Step Run window the break point at the end is not displayed The next cycle execution task is executed after the Block Run Interrupt Task Execution Execution of an interrupt task has two types depending on the program exe cution status Executing an interrupt task during program execution from the Task Control pop up menu will start the interrupt task to return to the original task after the interrupt task is completed This process corresponds to the case where an interrupt task is started by an external factor in CS CJ CP series CPU Units Executing an interrupt task during the program stop will cause a Block Run of
281. t to actual PLC then press the Disconnect button Runnning Virtual Communications Unit Messages Display Alarms Display Detail gt gt CX Simulator Debug Console for running gt mt mt gt gt gt gt a Re amp h3 45 A Start zI CX Simulator Debugger AP AAA ase The basic operation of the CX Simulator is performed in the CX Simulator Debug Console window and the System Status Setting window The CX Simulator Debug Console window executes operation for the Ladder Engine The System Status Setting window displays the status of the Ladder Engine and sets for the Ladder Engine Note Only the Debug Console window will be displayed when the CX Simulator is started from the CX Programmer 48 Each Part of the Windows Section 3 6 3 6 2 Basic Windows Transition The following shows the basic windows transition of the CX Simulator There are two transitions One from the CX Simulator Debug Console window and the other from the System Status Setting window Transition of System Status Setting Transition of Debug Console Window Window System Status Setting Outline display mode Detail display mode Setting PLC selection E setting wizard PLC unit registration CX Simulator Debug Console Step run display Task control I O break condition I O break condition registration File operation menu Network communications setting Network communi Connect to S
282. t used Response Time 10 0 ms response time OFF response 11 0 5 ms l 12 1 ms time for CS CJ series Basic I O Rack 0 to 7 Slot O to 9 13 2 ms Units The default Setting is 8 ms 14 4 ms and the setting range is 0 ms to 15 8 ms 32 ms 16 16 ms 17 32 ms Default 00 8 ms IOM Hold Bit Status at 0 Cleared This setting determines whether Same as Startup 1 Retained or not the status of the IOM Hold CS CJ series Bit A50012 is retained at PLC Default 0 Startup When you want all of the data in I O Memory to be retained when the power is turned on turn ON the IOM Hold Bit and set this setting to 1 ON Forced Status Hold Bit 0 Cleared This setting determines whether Same as at Startup 1 Retained or not the status of the Forced CS CJ series Status Hold Bit A50013 is re PLC Default 0 tained at startup When you want all of the bits that have been force set or force reset to retain their forced status when the power is turned on turn ON the Forced Status Hold Bit and set this setting to 1 ON Startup Mode PRCN This setting determines whether PRCN As this setting Programming Console s mode switch PRG PROGRAM mode MON MONITOR mode RUN RUN mode Default RPCN 0 Detect 1 Do not detect Detect Low Battery Default O 190 is fixed to PRCN the CPU Unit will automatically enter PROGRAM mode fp the startup mode will be the mode set on the Programming Con sole s mode s
283. ta will be discarded If the file already opened by Open in the File menu exists save the current data to the existing open file If a file is not open this selection is not possible Save the present setting data in the File Save dialog box Close the Setting window Different from Exit of a tool Insert specified number of lines just before the line currently selected Delete the specified lines Copy the specified lines to the clipboard The data on the clipboard can be used in the commercial spread sheet software Insert the data on the clipboard to the currently speci fied line The line data is evaluated when inserting Display Help Contents for Windows Display Help Index for Windows Display the version information Debug Console Window Section 3 9 Data Replay Start the Data Replay Settings window and then Data Replay Tool using the set file Data Replay Settings gt Files Replay file C Program Files OMRONFC S mulator lOig F insLoge tle Browse Output file lc Program Files OMRONMFCA S imulatortloGeCsvOute csv Browse Qutput template lc Program Files OMRONFC2 S i mulator loGeCey Tmp csy i FINS Address M Synchronize replay Network address p je output to lag tile Mode address Machine address OK Cancel e Replay file Input the file name to be replayed by Data Replay Tool The Command Log file flg the data trace data file cdt and the data replay
284. table below Word condition address See the table below a Te from lt gt lt gt lt gt or NOT value change Input the value to be compared in binary 0000 to FFFF the window dition Bit Condition Area Type Address Range CIO Area 00 to 6143 15 Work Area 00 to 511 15 00 to 959 15 Wo Holding Area 00 to 511 15 ee Auxiliary Area 89 Debug Console Window Section 3 9 Word Condition ClOArea WOO AB DMArea DO 27EF _ _ _ EM Area E E0_0 to E0 32767 and EC _0 to EC 32767 Timer Area TIM 0 to 4095 Counter Area CNT 0 to 4095 Note Refer to 4 3 Step Run and Break for the details of I O break condition 90 SECTION 4 Debugging Programs 4 1 Debugging Using the CX Programmet 0 ceceeecseseessnnceeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeessnnnaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeegs 92 4 2 Debugging OO CAO srteecauccedaiticnnsesseeetchaticannatdunsredaatornegiinenneaiioanaats EEE EEEE EE 93 4 2 1 CS CJ CP series PLC s Modes and Execution Mode ccccccccccccccccsesssseessssnneeeeeeeeeeeeeees 93 Taa a RO a A A E O 94 FaR e O r E E E E a E 94 a er a a A E EIA E E ee TE A 95 4 2 5 Pause D ooo cccccsscccsssseescessessescesssssesscesssscescensessenseesssssesscecesscesecesesseeseessesseesenseesseeseess 96 4 2 6 Other Operation ic ssacvenssaccnnsatouinatsaoucuanesobelienesaatuansivedbadaddansaribaletarnaaadwerstoudicdesdaminashatianakaes 96 Mi FU A Broa soaron ns sects ecu E E EE E T 97 4 3 Operi
285. tain the Unit No 0 A42506 BUS Error Slave s unit number to 4 A42504 After Start up When there is an error in an Op Same as tical I O Unit excluding Slave CS CJ Racks the status of A42504 ON series PLC or OFF indicates whether the Unit is allocated high or low bytes When there is an error in a Slave BO UnitO Sameas Rack this byte contains the B1 Unit1 CS CJ 2 digit hexadecimal unit number series PLC of the Master to which the Slave is connected When there is an error in an Op 00 to 1F tical I O Unit this byte contains its hex 0 to 2 digit hexadecimal unit number 31 00 to 1F or O to 31 decimal 218 I O Memory Allocation Section 9 3 Address Name CS CJ series PLC CX Simulator Words Bits Function Settings Function Settings A426 Interrupt Task When A40213 is ON the content Task num Not used Error Task Number A42615 Interrupt Task Error Cause Flag A427 A428 to A42800 A433 to A43315 CS CJ series CPU Bus Unit Setting Error Unit Number Flags Special I O Unit Setting Error Unit Number Flags of these bits depends upon the status of A42615 the Interrupt Task Error Cause Flag 1 A42615 OFF An interrupt task was executed for more than 10 ms during I O refreshing of a C200H Special I O Unit or a SYSMAC BUS Remote I O Unit A42600 to A42611 contain the interrupt task number 2 A42615 ON An attempt was made to re fresh a Special I O Unit s I O from
286. tch runtime error What An attempt was made to operate a_ Wrong destination Set 0 to the FINS unit address for the destination of the FINS that was not for CPU Unit address of the FINS application that sent the FINS command command fcootmgivecoxsmommm a size of log file exceeds maximum CX Simulator Communications Unit Heavy traffic FINS Lower the frequency of FINS command send from the Sending buffer overflow FINS mes communications Ladder Engine or the application program sages were lost CX Simulator Ladder Engine ter 1 Exit the CX Simulator minated by an error Restart De 2 Delete all erroneous Memory dat files in the PLC data bugger folder emg fe eenrae ner EAG Engine PN Autoexec iom is invalid exec iom Increase the disk space or change the destination for cre Failed to create a command log file The specified file is read only or the disk space Is short files read only etc create a new PLC again files read only etc create a new PLC again Failed to create a header of FINS Wrong destination Check the destination of the FINS command sent by the response Fin address of the FINS Ladder Engine or application program or settings of the sHead_composeResponse Check command routing table the data of received header Failed to create a header of FINS Wrong destination Check the destination of the FINS command sent by the response Check the data of re address of the FINS Ladde
287. th CX Programmer version 3 0 or higher the CX Programmer can be con nected to the Virtual CPU Unit in the Ladder Engine by selecting the Auto Online Function from the PLC menu of the CX Programmer 61 Connecting to the CX Programmer Version 2 1 or Lower 3 8 1 Work CX Simulator Window Names and Functions Communications path Unit Communications path Unit Network address Communications path Unit Node address Communications path Unit Machine address 62 Work 22 5 mulator Se Commicatians Unit Controller Link FINS address of Virtual Comms Network address Mode address Machine address Close Guide to Connect Press the Connect button and Ox Simulator will be able to work with other applications Connected Specify the taiii attings of the application zat are as toes arget FINS address gt Network address 1 Mode address 10 Unit address izh to conne s ual PLO then press the Disconnect button Running virtual Communications Unit Section 3 8 Connect to the CX Simulator Disconnect the CX Simulator Close Guide to Connect CX Simulator FINS address e Network address Select a FinsGateway Communications Unit for connecting the Ladder Engine of the CX Simulator with the CX Programmer e Node address Display the FINS Address for FinsGateway Communications Unit selected by the target Communications Unit Setting only Node ad
288. that CS CJ series PLC also implies CP series PLCs unless otherwise specified When performing simula tions for a CP series PLC use the instructions for the CS CJ series PLC Unit version 1 0 or 1 1 of the CP series CPU Units is equivalent to unit version 3 0 of the CS CJ series CPU Units Functions added for unit version 4 0 or later of the CS CJ series CPU Units are not supported by the CP series CPU Units Functions not supported by CP series PLCs however cannot be simulated 2 Inthis manual always assume that CJ series PLC also implies the Controller Section of an NSJ series NSJ Controller unless otherwise specified When performing simulations for the Controller Section of the NSJ Controller use the instructions for the CJ series PLC 3 The functions supported for CJ2 series CPU Units correspond to those for CS CJ series Units with unit version 4 0 or later 14 Applicable PLC models and Computers Section 1 4 1 4 2 Computer The installation procedure for the independent CD ROM is provided here Refer to the CX One Setup Manual W463 provided with the CX One for the installation procedure for the CX One CXONE ALLILIC CX One Setup An overview of the V4 ALLILID V4 Manual CX One FA Integrated Tool Package and the CX One installation procedure The required RAM memory capacity depends on the size of program created with the CX Programmer CX Simulator will be slow if run on a computer with less than the required RAM
289. that on the computer One step One step One step One step execute execute execute execute D a a Time Note The dashed line shows the time elapse in the virtual cycle time Process 187 Cycle Time and Time Section 9 2 For Step Run and Scan Run time elapse during pausing is included in the computer cycle time One step Wait One step Wait One step Wait One step execute execute execute execute Time Note The dashed line shows the time elapse in the virtual cy cle time Process e Computer Cycle The actual time given by subtracting standby time Time from one cycle time e Timer The standby time is added e Pulse The standby time is added e Clock The standby time is added as the clock time Same as the computer elapse time Note When stood by paused the accumulated computer cycle time is different from the elapse clock time in the same period Minimum Cycle Time When Minimum Cycle Time is enabled in the computer cycle time the Ladder Engine gets the scan to wait till the specified cycle time completes If the CPU occupancy is larger than the set value then the CPU occupancy overrides the Minimum Cycle Time to set the wait time 9 2 2 Maximum CPU Occupancy and Execution Time Set the following maximum CPU occupancy in the Maximum CPU Occupancy of the Status Settings PLC Clock Settings dialog box Set the upper limit of the CPU occupancy of the Ladder Engine on the
290. the Equation Conditional Output Equation e Value Select Select which is the value of Conditional Equation fixed up per or I O memory lower Select I O memory type Input the address of I O memory type e Operation Select from either or NOT Selecting NOT will not reflect the value to the Conditional Equa tion Output Equation e Value For Fixed Value select ON OFF as Bit information in the drop down list For I O Memory set the type and the address 77 Debug Console Window e Word Conditional Equation File Menu e Open e Save e Save As e Exit Edit Menu e line Insert e line Delete e line Copy e Insert copied lines Help Menu e Help Contents e Help Index e About 78 Section 3 9 Set the Word Conditional Equation to be inserted to the Conditional Equation Output Equation e Value Selection Select which is the value of Conditional Equation fixed up per or I O memory lower Select the I O memory type Input the address of I O memory type e Operator Select lt gt lt gt lt gt or NOT as an operator from the drop down list Selecting NOT will not reflect the value to the Condi tional Equation Output Equation e Value For Fixed Value input BCD 0 to 9999 or BIN Ox0 to OxFFFF For I O memory set the type and the address Read the I O Condition file from the File dialog If some settings are already input in the window the current input da
291. the rung which originally would be executed because the power flow is forcibly turned OFF When executing the diagram with a start point set set the start point at the top of the rung the left hatched part in the diagram N 0000 pan 0000 0002 REE beac Instruction word Operand a cooo AND 00000 Jao NOT 0000 A e 0001 0001 00 01 S Power flow 000006 ORLD 000007 ANDLD 000009 END Note Be careful when setting a start point in JUMP instructions or a loop rung as shown below Doing so may cause an unstable JUMP address and an unex pected operation e Setting within a subroutine e Setting within a FOR to NEXT loop e Setting within a block program Looping may fail exit the loop unexpectedly because the loop condition is not evaluated correctly For JUMP instructions including subroutines the JUMP destination address when the JUMP instruction was last executed will be exe cuted or an instruction error will occur If an instruction error occurs once stop the program or set to the Program mode and then resume the operation Note Refer to 2 1 Basic Concepts of CS CJ Series Programming Manual W394 for the power flow 99 Step Run and Break Executing Onl Block Run of Task Specific Run GSS 0000 Note Section 4 3 Partial Execution When debugging only a specific rung set a start point at the top of the rung and a break point at the top of the
292. the instruction Data Shift Equivalent Conversion Equivalent GRAY_BIN GRAY_BINL BIN GRAY BIN_GRAYL are ee equivalent only for CJ2 series PLCs Step Equivalent 7SEG and DSW available IORD or IOWR instructions Serial Communications PMCR and PMCR2 available Nothing is executed for PMCR or TXD RXD and STUP available PMCR2 TXD RXD and STUP operate differently depending on commu nications parameters TXDU2 and RXDU2 operate only for CJ2 series PLCs Network SEND RECV and CMND available SEND RECV and CMND operate CSND available differently depending on commu nications parameters Nothing is executed for CSND SEND2 RECV2 and CMND2 operate only for CJ2 series PLCs File Memory Equivalent Display Equivalent Messages of Programming Console are displayed on the screen High Speed Counter Pulse INI SPED PRV PRV2 CTBL Nothing is executed for the in Control Instructions CJ1M PULS ACC PLS2 ORG and PWM structions listed at the left instructions Equivalent With the CX Simulator however even if the time in the PLC is adjusted with the DATE instruction it will be automatically corrected to the time in the computer at the end of the cycle in which the DATE instruction is executed Debugging Equivalent 21 Comparison of the CX Simulator and SYSMAC CS CJ series PLCs Section 1 6 CS CJ series PLC CX Simulator Instructions Failure Equivalent Messages of Programming Console a
293. the time unit ms from when the conditional equation holds till when the output equation is exe cuted e Output Display the logical equation combining operations to be executed when the conditional equation holds e Register Button Register the data set in the registration condition as the IO Condition equation 76 Debug Console Window Section 3 9 Registered Condition e Condition Describe the Conditional Equation to register in the I O Condition equation Insert the contents set in the Insert Equation insert by Logical Operator button and paste from the clip board are possible e DEL button Delete the contents of the Con ditional Equation a logical operator as a logical operator e lt lt button Insert the contents set in the Insert Equation to the Condi tional Equation e Delay time Input the delay time unit ms to be registered to the I O condition Equation e Output Describe the Output Equation to be registered in the I O Condition equation Insert the contents set in the Insert Equation insert by Operator button and paste from the clipboard are possible Delete the contents of Output Equation Insert the character string and as a logical operator Insert the contents set in the Insert Equation Insert Equation e Insert Equation Select which to insert the Bit Conditional Equation or Select the Word Conditional Equation e Bit Conditional Set the Bit Conditional Equation to be inserted to
294. the window Debug Console Window Section 3 9 Exit system Exit from the CX Simulator 1 2 3 1 Select Exit system in File to display the exit message e Yes Disconnect the CX Simulator to exit the application e No Close the dialog box to cancel exiting the CX Simulator 2 Clicking the Yes button will display the dialog box for saving the Debugger setting 3 Clicking the Yes button will save the current setting to exit the CX Simulator 4 Attempting to exit without disconnecting the Simulator will display the dia log box below followed by the Work CX Simulator window Pe oimulstor Debugger N Connecting to G2 Simulator Ladder Engine When you exit Debugger disconnect it first After Disconnect exit the system again 73 Debug Console Window Section 3 9 3 9 5 Replay Menu This section explains how to operate the sub menu of the Replay menu IO Condition Start the IO Condition tool to display the Run window the startup window for this tool _ 10 Condition Run Iof x File Help IS condition tile C Program Files O MRO MACS imulatort LOGtC Browse Target FINS Address M Synchronized Network address Mode address Unit address cycles Note Refer to 8 Debugging Using Virtual External Inputs for the details of the I O Condition tool e O condition file Input the name of the execution file for I O Condition Browsing files with the Browse
295. ther settings as the own These operations can also be performed with files FINS commands User program The entire program can be saved as a file ina Same as shown at left Memory Card flash ROM or EM file memory The hard disk of the computer is with a Programming Device including Pro used as memory cards or EM file gramming Consoles or the instruction provided memory for this operation A Programming Device or Batch save read enable to instruction can be used to read the program back save read I O memory PLC Setup from file memory UM and other settings as the own These operations can also be performed with files FINS commands 22 Comparison of the CX Simulator and SYSMAC CS CJ series PLCs Section 1 6 CS CJ series PLC CX Simulator Serial com Host Link peripheral bus NT Link 1 N Pro The peripheral port is not sup munications gramming Console and peripheral bus are ported peripheral automatically recognized port or No protocol is not possible for the peripheral RS 232C port ports Host Link peripheral bus NT Link 1 N and Host Link No protocol and NT No protocol Link are supported 1 1 links and peripheral bus are not supported for the RS 232C port Peripheral bus EtherNet IP CJ2 series PLCs The USB port is not supported only 300 600 1 200 2 400 4 800 9 600 19 200 The peripheral port is not sup 38 400 57 600 115 200 bps ported Baud rates of 38 400 57 600 115 200 bps are not stan
296. thod 1 can be used to make an online connection for a CX Simulator al ready started using the CX Simulator menus for method 2 The differences between these two methods are listed in the following table Method Method 1 Starting and Going Online Method 2 Starting from the CX Simulator from the CX Programmer Menus Main Differences Used when serial communications Used when serial communications or and connections to FinsGateway ap connections to FinsGateway applications plications will not be performed will be performed Used when a PLC data directory will e Used when a PLC data directory will be not be specified and UM or I O mem specified and UM or I O memory data ory data saved or read saved or read Select PLC Supported Automatically selected according to CX Programmer project Supported Register Network Commu Not supported PLC Unit Registration Not supported nications Serial Communications Not supported Setting Cycle Time Display Operation Mode UM Settings Display Not supported Supported System Status Setting Window Message Display Alarm Display Detail Status Display Run Run Continuous Scan Run Step Run Supported Oe ion n peration Stop Scan Replay Reset Show Step Run Toolbar Debugging Toolbar Debug Task Control Supported Operation Supported ging Operation I O Break Condition Setting Files Read All Not supported Supported Save All Not supported Supported Replay I
297. ting is effective only when pin 4 of the DIP switch on the front of the CPU Unit is ON This setting determines whether the peripheral port will operate in host link mode or another serial communications mode Host link can be specified with 00 or 05 These settings are valid only when the communications mode is set to Host Link These settings are also valid only when the Peripheral Port Settings Selection is set to 1 PLC Setup Section 9 3 CX Simulator Settings Function ER Same as CS CJ series PLC The EM file memory allo cates the hard disk of the same capac ity actually Same as CS CJ series PLC 191 I O Memory Allocation Section 9 3 ltem Segue ee Sg OR Simulator a series PLC CX Simulator Segue ee Sg OR Simulator a Function Settings Function Communi 9 600 Settings 00 and 06 through 0A Not used cations rate 300 are valid when the communica 600 tions mode is set to peripheral 1 200 bus 2 400 This setting is not valid when the 4 800 communications mode is set to 9 600 NT Link 19 200 38 400 57 600 OA 115 200 Default 00 CPU Unit s 00 to 1F This setting determines the CPU Unit Num 0 to 31 Unit s unit number when it is ber in Host connected in a 1 to N N 2 to 32 Link Mode Default 00 host link Maximum _ 0 to 7 This setting determines the high Unit Num est unit number of PT that can be ber in NT Default O connected to the PLC in NT Link Link
298. tions Program What Is the CX Simulator Section 1 1 Actual PLC CX Simulator CPU Unit basic Operating mode functions Monitor mode and Run Continuous execution of scan mode Minimum Cycle Time Logical cycle time Substitute cycle time for set value Actual cycle time Regulate actual execution time of one cycle on the computer None Continuous Scan Run one scan at regular intervals Continuous Step Run repeat address exe cution at regular intervals Block Run Start point break point and I O break conditions can be set Scan Replay Return to the start point of the scan when pausing Operation when power Reset turns ON eas PLC unit registration instead No slot set tion ting I O refresh Available None Only for cycle time calculation Con troller Link Unit Ethernet Unit and Serial Communications Board Unit performs virtual operation Peripheral ser Available None Only for cycle time calculation Con vicing troller Link Unit Ethernet Unit and Serial Communications Board Unit performs virtual operation External input Available Generate virtual external input by one of the followings Overwrite I O memory areas using the debugging program Issue FINS commands using the com mand log and the Data Replay Tool Issue FINS commands using the data trace file and the Data Replay Tool Issue FINS commands using the data replay file and the Data Replay Tool Overwrite I O memory areas using th
299. tool for automatically creating multiple Data Trace files by setting only once instead of saving values of I O memory areas of an actual PLC to a Data Trace file cdt through manual operation using the time chart monitoring or the data tracing of the CX Programmer The Data Trace Recording Tool will run only on the CX Simulator The Data Trace Recording Tool has the following advantages as compared to saving by the CX Programmer e Automatically save data of the data trace e Save long term data to multiple files 1 The Data Trace Recording Tool does not support the Virtual Cycle Time mode for the Ladder Engine When using the tool for the Ladder Engine perform Continuous Run in the Computer Cycle Time mode 2 For the details of the data tracing refer to Trace Memory Sampling TRSM 045 of CS CJ Series Programming Manual There are following restrictions because the Data Trace Recording Tool uses the data tracing function of a PLC Number of Points to be Registered Simultaneous Sampling Number e Bits 0 to 31 e Words 0 to 6 Sampling Number Trace memory A maximum number of buffers able to collect once 2000 samples 327 767 samples per one file Data Trace file cdt Restrictions by the Trace Memory The data to be saved by the data tracing is temporarily stored in the trace memory of the PLC Up to 2 000 samples are stored in the trace memory Trace data can not be picked up between this time data read from the tr
300. ts If the CPU Unit for FinsGateway is not started then the CPU Unit will automatically start 249 How to Use Data Trace Recording Tool Appendix FinsGateway Service Control Manager Services ka Mame Status Startup CLE_UNITO Manual Network Setting button CPOU_OUNIT Running Manual CyclicServer Manual Seal rit Running Manual SCM automatic run on logon Exit SCH E All available services are displayed wy Control each service by clicking Start Stop Stop Property Close 3 Click the Network Setting button to display the FinsGateway Network Navigator window TH FinsGateway Network Navigator Active Networks cat seral unit Local Node 31 Unit 24 F To start another network click the Service Control Manager button Add Delete nee 250 How to Use Data Trace Recording Tool Appendix 4 Select the SerialUnit network in the list of available networks and click the Property button to display the SerialUnit property COM1 Seral Unit Properties About Network Communication Unit Modes Lines l LOM port LOM Line name COM Network number 0 Network type LOM senal unit USerdehned Protocol 240 0 DYOWA Model E o Add Delete H Esplore Export Search destination node and Close parcel Apply 5 Select the node tab and click the property button to display the Add Edit Serial Node dialog box Add Edit Seral
301. ts mounted Execution time of an interrupt task can be monitored with the task execution time in the Task Control Starting interrupt tasks successively during the program execution in Task Control enables to monitor the execution time of interrupt tasks individually 4 4 2 Task Execution Status Task Control displays the execution status of each task cyclic tasks and interrupt tasks For a cyclic task show four statuses of a cyclic task Initial status READY status RUN status and WAIT status For an interrupt task display each interrupt task is enabled or disabled The status of interrupt tasks are changed by the following instructions word Interrupt task DI All interrupt tasks other than Used within a cyclic task and Execution prohibit 693 Power OFF interrupt task prohibit all interrupt tasks other than Power OFF interrupt task El Interrupt task All interrupt tasks other than Clear the interrupt mask for an Clear interrupt 694 Power OFF interrupt task interrupt task masked by DI mask instruction Masking set MSKS _ I O interrupt task and sched Apply masking of initial setting 690 uled interrupt task to an I O interrupt task and a scheduled interrupt task Note Trying to start a masked interrupt task in the Task Control will not execute the task 105 Task Debugging o Section 44 4 4 3 Executing Tasks Individually Task Control displays the execution status of cyclic tasks and interrup
302. ttings of Serial Port Settings serial Port Settines PLO Port Settings Machine address Hex go Port Mo 02 serial Port Settings Communications GOM port name oo a ka P Enae toh port 10E Cancel Select Serial Port Settings from the combo boxes of Communications Set tings according to the purpose of debugging The followings can be se lected Communications COM COM Contents Settings port port log E a are not proc et Se Display the contents of messages to be sent to the Message Display window The process for RXD is not executed COM port on the computer E RARA e tions port on the computer 10 Setting a COM port name Specify a COM port to perform actual serial communications A COM port name COM 1 to COM 4 can be selected in the list and also can be input directly for an additional COM port on the computer Note Communications will be disabled if the default port number allocated to the CS1W CIF31 Conversion Adapter is changed Press the Reset button to resume communications Note Ifthe selected COM port name is already allocated to another one a setting error will occur Note If running the CX Simulator and an application that uses a computer s COM port simultaneously set the COM ports so as not to overlap For example if the COM port used by the CX Programmer and that used by the CX Simulator overlap communications may fail 115 Serial Communications Setti
303. tton qe Read W ite Options 243 How to Use Data Trace Recording Tool Appendix Limit of values Display the Trace Status while tracing data LLU Elapsed The time elapsed after execution started in the unit of hour minute second e g 1 hour 10 minutes 30 seconds Trace number Number of traced samples of samples Saving file Current file name when Multiple Saving is set Read settings Read settings from the existing ini file to display it in the window button Save settings Save the settings to the ini file button Change the caption between Start when not tracing and Stop Stop button when tracing Press the Start button to start tracing and the Stop to stop Exit button Exit the Data Trace Recording Tool Exit the tool after the PLC completes tracing if the PLC is exe cuting tracing Option Settings Add Recording Add Recording Divide Divide Recording Recordin g Save to one file Data Trace will finish at 32767 samples OK button Save into divided files Max 32767 samples in each file Cancel button Cancel Add Recording If the file specified by the Trace Data Record File exists the data will be ap pended to the file Divide Recording Specify whether the sampling data is to be saved to one file or multiple files Divide Recording not Save the sampling data to one file where the tracing ends automatically when used acquired 32 767 samples Divide Re
304. tual serial com munications to an external serial communications device connected to a COM port on the computer are also possible NT Link 1 N Mode Possible In Ver 1 1 communications with OMRON s Programmable Terminal PT connected to a COM port on the computer via NT Link are possible Multipoint Data Collection Tool Added Time series I O memory data acquired from the actual PLC can be saved as a Data Replay File CSV format Unlike Data Trace data can not be acquired every cycle However data of more than 50 words can be acquired WindowsMe 2000 Supported Serial Number Entry on Installing Added Version 1 2 The following functions have been added to the CX Simulator with the upgrade from Version 1 1 to Version 1 2 New PLCs Supported Simulation is newly supported for the following PLCs CPU Unit model numbers CS CS1H CPU67H 66H 65H 64H 63H CS1G CPU45H 44H 43H 42H CJ CJ1H CPU66H 65H CJ1G CPU45H 44H 43H 42H CJ1G CPU45 44 Functionality Improved The following functions have been improved so that the same operation as that performed by the actual PLC is performed by the CX Simulator There were some differences in operation with version 1 1 e Processing when using index registers for automatic incrementing or decrementing with sequence output instructions e Processing the current EM bank is changed during execution of the ladder program e Break processing for nested FOR NEXT loops e Processin
305. uplication detected 0 No duplica tion 1 Duplication detected 0 No duplica tion 217 I O Memory Allocation Section 9 3 Address Name CS CJ series PLC CX Simulator Words Bits Function Settings Function Settings A417 Not used CPU Bus Unit exchange between the CPU Unit 0 No error Error Unit and a CS CJ series CPU Bus Number Flags Unit the CS CJ series CPU Bus Unit Error Flag A40207 is turned ON and the bit in A417 corre sponding to the unit number of the Unit where the error occurred is turned ON Bits 00 to 15 cor respond to unit numbers 0 to F The CPU Unit will continue oper ating and the ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will flash A418 to A41800 Special I O When an error occurs in a data Not used A423 Unit Error exchange between the CPU Unit 0 No error Unit Number and a Special I O Unit the Spe Flags cial I O Unit Error Flag A40206 will be turned ON A424 Inner Board When an error occurs in a data Not used Error Informa exchange between the CPU Unit tion and the Inner Board the Inner Board Error Flag A40208 and the appropriate bits in A424 will be turned ON e The meaning of the bits in A424 depends upon the model of Inner Board that is being used Refer to the Board s operation manual for details A424 will be cleared when the error is cleared A425 A42504 Slave Number When there is an error in a Slave 0 to 4 Hex Not used to of SYSMAC Rack these bits con
306. uyers application or use of the Product At Buyers request Omron will provide applicable third party certification documents identifying ratings and limitations of use which apply to the Product This information by itself is not sufficient for a complete determination of the suitability of the Prod uct in combination with the end product machine system or other application or use Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining appropriateness of the particular Product with respect to Buyers application product or system Buyer shall take application responsibility in all cases but the following is a non exhaustive list of applications for which particular attention must be given i Outdoor use uses involving potential chemical contamination or electrical interference or conditions or uses not described in this document ii Use in consumer products or any use in significant quantities iii Energy control systems combustion systems railroad systems aviation systems medical equipment amusement machines vehicles safety equip ment and installations subject to separate industry or government regulations iv Systems machines and equipment that could present a risk to life or prop erty Please know and observe all prohibitions of use applicable to this Prod uct NEVER USE THE PRODUCT FOR AN APPLICATION INVOLVING SERIOUS RISK TO LIFE OR PROPERTY OR IN LARGE QUANTITIES WITHOUT ENSURING THAT THE SYSTEM AS A WHOLE HAS BEEN DESIGNED T
307. ve any questions or comments Warranty and Limitations of Liability WARRANTY 1 The warranty period for the Software is one year from either the date of purchase or the date on which the Software is delivered to the specified location 2 If the User discovers a defect in the Software i e substantial non conformity with the manual and returns it to OMRON within the above warranty period OMRON will replace the Software without charge by offering media or downloading services from the Internet And if the User discovers a defect in the media which is at tributable to OMRON and returns the Software to OMRON within the above warranty period OMRON will re place the defective media without charge If OMRON is unable to replace the defective media or correct the Software the liability of OMRON and the User s remedy shall be limited to a refund of the license fee paid to OMRON for the Software LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY 1 THE ABOVE WARRANTY SHALL CONSTITUTE THE USER S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AGAINST OMRON AND THERE ARE NO OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE IN NO EVENT WILL OMRON BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR OTHER INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF USE OF THE SOFTWARE 2 OMRON SHALL ASSUME NO LIABILITY FOR DEFECTS IN THE SOFTWARE BASED ON MODIFICATION OR ALTERATION OF THE SOFTWARE BY THE USE
308. versa If the status of the Forced Status Hold Bit itself is preserved in the PLC Setup Forced Status Hold Bit Status the status of force set and force reset bits will be re tained when the PLC is turned ON or power is interrupted 1 Retained Same as 0 Not re CS CJ series tained PLC 1 Retained Same as CS CJ series PLC I O Memory Allocation Section 9 3 Address Name CS CJ series PLC CX Simulator Words Bits Function Settings Function Settings A500 AS50014 Error Log Turn this bit ON to reset the 0 gt 1 Clear Same as Not reset Reset Bit Error Log Pointer A300 to OO CS CJ series in the The contents of the Error Log PLC Program Area itself A100 to A199 are mode not cleared These words can be cleared from a Programming Device or by writing 0000 to all of the words This bit is automatically reset to O after the Error Log Pointer is reset AS50015 Output OFF Turn this bit ON to turn OFF all Not used Bit outputs from Basic I O Units and Special I O Units A501 A50100 CS CJ series Turn these bits ON to restart 0 to 1 Re Not used CPU Bus Unit initialize the CS CJ series start A50115 Restart Bits CPU Bus Unit with the corre 1 to 0 Re sponding unit number Bits 00 to start com 15 correspond to unit numbers O pleted to F Turned OFF When a restart bit is turned ON by the sys the corresponding CS CJ series tem when CPU Bus Unit Initializing Flag the Unit has A30200 to A30215 will b
309. virtual cycle time The CX Simulator does not execute peripheral servicing excluding for the network communications unit the Serial Communications Boards Unit and file service Note Refer to 9 2 Cycle Time and Time for the computer cycle time and the virtual cycle time CPU Unit Operation Section 9 1 9 1 2 Startup Initial Process The following Startup Initial process is performed once when start up changing the configuration of the Ladder Engine reset or changing the op erating mode between Run Monitor and Program e Clear the non hold type area in the I O memory areas Processed as follows depending on IOM Hold Bit and PLC Setup setting for Hold Non hold of IOM Hold Bit when startup Auxiliary Area IOM Hold Bit A50012 PLC Setup Non hold 0 Hold 1 Setting for Hold Non hold of IOM Startup Cleared Hold Bit when startup Changing the mode Changing the mode Hold Changing the mode Hold e Clear Force set reset Processed as follows depending on Force set reset Hold Bit and PLC Setup setting for Hold Non hold of Force set reset Hold Bit Auxiliary Area Force set reset Hold Bit A50013 PLC Setup Non hold 0 Hold 1 Setting for Hold Non hold of Startup Cleared Force set reset Hold Bit Changing the mode Changing the mode Hold Changing the mode Hold e Automatically executed if the program for automatic execution Autoexec file exists in the file memory e Self diagnosis UM area check Note Refe
310. will be exchanged between the specified Unit and Default 0 the Special I O Unit s allocated words 10 words Unit during cyclic refreshing for Special I O Units 9 3 2 Auxiliary Area Read only Area a to A447 Read only Area A448 to A959 Read Write Area Address Words A099 A09914 A09915 Name Basic I O Unit Infor mation IR DR Op eration between Tasks CS1 H CPU Units only Timer Counter Present Value Re fresh Method Flag CS1 H CPU Units only Function Settings Function Settings A bit will turn ON to indicate when 1 Fuse Not used a fuse has blows The bit num bers correspond to the fuse num 0 Normal ber on the Unit Turn ON this bit to share index and data registers between all default tasks Turn OFF this bit to use 0 Inde separate index and data registers pendent in each task 1 Shared CS CJ series Indicates if the CPU Unit is using 1 Binary BCD or binary hexadecimal for 0 BCD timer counter operation CS CJ series 195 I O Memory Allocation Section 9 3 Address Name CS CJ series PLC CX Simulator Words Bits Function Settings Function Settings Error Log When an error has occurred the Error code Same as Area error code error contents and CS CJ series error s time and date are stored in Error con PLC the Error Log Area Information _ tents on the 20 most recent errors can Address of be stored Aux Area Each error record occupies 5 wor
311. witch or the mode set here in the PLC Setup If this setting is PRCN and a Pro gramming Console isn t con nected the CPU Unit will auto matically enter PROGRAM mode at startup fixed This setting determines whether CPU Unit battery errors are de tected If this setting is set to 0 and a battery error is detected the Battery Error Flag A40204 will be turned ON YO Memory Allocation C Settings 0 Detect 1 Do not detect Item Detect Interrupt Task Error Default O 0 None 1 EM File Mem ory Enabled Default O 0 to C 0 to 12 Default 0 Peripheral O Default Port Set 1 PLC Setup tings Selec tion Default 0 Communi 00 Host Link cations 02 1 N NT mode Links 04 Peripheral bus 05 Host Link Default 00 Data bits 0 7 bits 1 8 bits Default 0 Stop bits 0 2 bits 1 1 bit Default 0 Parity 00 Even 01 Odd 10 None Default 00 S CJ series PLC Function This setting determines whether interrupt task errors are detected If this setting is set to 0 and an interrupt task error is detected the Interrupt Task Error Flag A40213 will be turned ON This setting determines whether part of the EM Area will be used for file memory If Bit 7 above is set to 1 the setting here specifies the EM bank where file memory begins The specified EM bank and all subsequent banks will be used as file memory This setting will be disabled if bit 7 is set to 0 This set
312. written here when the total number of I O points set in the I O Table excluding Slave Racks exceed the maximum allowed for the CPU Unit 2 The number of interrupt inputs will be written here when there are more than 32 interrupt in puts 3 The unit number of the Slave Unit will be written here when a unit number is duplicated or the number of I O points on a C500 Slave Unit exceeds 320 4 The unit number of the I O Terminal excluding Slave Racks will be written here when a unit number is dupli cated 5 The unit number of the Master Unit will be written here when a unit number is duplicated or the unit number is outside of the allowed setting range 6 The number of Racks will be written here when the number of Expansion I O Racks ex ceeds the maximum The 3 digit binary value of these bits indicates the cause of the Too Many I O Points Error and shows the meaning of the value written to bits A40700 to A40712 Values of 000 to 101 0 to 5 correspond to causes 1 through 6 described in Too Many I O Points Cause 1 above Section 9 3 CX Simulator eet Pees te Function Settings 0000 to Not used FFF hexadeci mal ff VO Memory Allocation Address Name Words Bits A408 A40800 Basic I O Unit Error Slot Number Basic I O Unit Error Rack Number A409 Expansion I O Rack Number A410 Duplication A411 to A41100 A416 Flags CS CJ series CPU Bus Unit Number Du plication Flag
313. xecuted e When the end code was specified ON when more data is end code VO Memory Allocation Address Words Bits A392 A39212 A393 A394 A395 A39511 Memory Corruption Detected Flag A39512 DIP Switch Pin 6 Status Flag 208 Name Peripheral Port Com munications Error Flag RS 232C Port PT Communica tions Flag RS 232C Port PT Pri ority Regis tered Flags RS 232C Port Recep tion Counter No protocol mode Peripheral Port PT Communica tions Flag Peripheral Port PT Pri ority Regis tered Flags CS CJ series PLC Function ON when a communications error has occurred at the pe ripheral port Not valid in pe ripheral bus mode or NT Link mode The corresponding bit will be ON when the RS 232C port is com municating with a PT in NT link mode Bits 0 to 7 correspond to units 0 to 7 The corresponding bit will be ON for the PT that has priority when the RS 232C port is communi cating in NT link mode Bits O to 7 correspond to units 0 to 7 Indicates in binary the number of bytes of data received when the RS 232C port is in no protocol mode The corresponding bit will be ON when the peripheral port is communicating with a PT in NT link mode Bits 0 to 7 correspond to units 0 to 7 The corresponding bit will be ON for the PT that has priority when the peripheral port is communi cating in NT link mode Bits O to 7 correspond to units 0 to 7 ON when memory corru
314. y accompanying Unit upgrades This applies to the CJ2H CJ2M CS1 H CJ1 H CJ1M CS1D and CP1H CPU Units Notation of Unit Versions on Products The unit version is given to the right of the lot number on the nameplate of the products for which unit versions are being managed as shown below CS CJ CP series CPU Unit Produce nameplate OMRON CS1H CPU67H CPU UNIT Unit version Example for unit version 2 0 Lot No 031001 0000 OMRON Corporation MADE IN JAPAN e CS1 H CJ1 H and CJ1M CPU Units manufactured on or before Novem ber 4 2003 do not have a unit version given on the CPU Unit i e the lo cation for the unit version shown above is blank e The unit version of the CJ1 H R CPU Units begins at version 4 0 e The unit version of the CS1 H CJ1 H and CJ1M CPU Units as well as the CS1D CPU Units for Single CPU Systems begins at version 2 0 e The unit version of the CS1D CPU Units for Duplex CPU Systems begins at version 1 1 e The unit version of the CP1H CP1L CPU Units begins at version 1 0 ex cept for the CP1H YLILILILJ L for which the unit version begins at version 1 1 e CPU Units for which a unit version is not given are called Pre Ver CPU Units such as Pre Ver 2 0 CPU Units and Pre Ver 1 1 CPU Units Confirming Unit Versions with Support Software CX Programmer version 4 0 or later can be used to confirm the unit version using one of the following two methods e Using the PLC Information

Version 1.9

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents